« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to gnome-help/nb/nb.po
- browse files at revision 44
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 44
- Committer: Bazaar Package Importer
- Author(s): Matthew East
- Date: 2011-07-10 15:01:39 UTC
- Revision ID: james.westby@ubuntu.com-20110710150139-tc6a1uyphogwvwpe
Tags: 3.0.0+git20110406ubuntu11
Update translations from Rosetta (LP: #774238)
- files added:
- gnome-help/bs
- gnome-help/ca
- gnome-help/fr
- gnome-help/hu
- gnome-help/it
- gnome-help/ja
- gnome-help/nb
- gnome-help/nl
- gnome-help/oc
- gnome-help/pt_BR
- gnome-help/ru
- gnome-help/sl
- gnome-help/sr
- gnome-help/te
- gnome-help/tr
- gnome-help/uk
- gnome-help/zh_CN
- user-guide/bs
- user-guide/sl
- user-guide/sr
- user-guide/te
- user-guide/ug
- files modified:
- debian/changelog
added
removed
gnome-help/nb/nb.po
1
# Norwegian Bokmal translation for gnome-user-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2011.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-20 08:42+0100\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-25 10:17+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators "
13
"<rosetta@launchpad.net>\n"
14
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmal <nb@li.org>\n"
15
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
16
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
17
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2011-07-10 13:51+0000\n"
19
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 13376)\n"
20
21
#: C/windows-key.page:6(desc)
22
msgid ""
23
"The meta key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
24
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
25
msgstr ""
26
27
#: C/windows-key.page:9(name) C/video-sending.page:12(name) C/video-dvd.page:12(name) C/user-goodpassword.page:11(name) C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(name) C/user-delete.page:14(name) C/user-changepicture.page:10(name) C/user-changepassword.page:13(name) C/user-admin-problems.page:12(name) C/user-admin-explain.page:12(name) C/user-admin-change.page:13(name) C/user-add.page:11(name) C/user-accounts.page:15(name) C/sound-nosound.page:12(name) C/sound-crackle.page:12(name) C/sound-broken.page:13(name) C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(name) C/shell-workspaces.page:13(name) C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:15(name) C/shell-windows-switching.page:13(name) C/shell-windows-states.page:13(name) C/shell-windows.page:14(name) C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14(name) C/shell-overview.page:14(name) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(name) C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(name) C/session-loginsound.page:13(name) C/session-language.page:11(name) C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(name) C/power-whydim.page:12(name) C/power-turnoffbutton.page:10(name) C/power-suspendhibernate.page:13(name) C/power-suspendfail.page:14(name) C/power-othercountry.page:11(name) C/power-nowireless.page:14(name) C/power-lowpower.page:10(name) C/power-hotcomputer.page:11(name) C/power-constantfan.page:12(name) C/power-closelid.page:13(name) C/power-brighter.page:14(name) C/power-batterywindows.page:10(name) C/power-batteryslow.page:12(name) C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(name) C/power-batterylife.page:14(name) C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(name) C/power-batterybroken.page:15(name) C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:6(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:17(name) C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(name) C/net-wireless-find.page:11(name) C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(name) C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(name) C/net-wired-connect.page:10(name) C/net-vpn-connect.page:10(name) C/net-antivirus.page:12(name) C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(name) C/look-resolution.page:13(name) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(name) C/look-background.page:13(name) C/hardware-driver.page:12(name) C/files-search.page:13(name) C/files-rename.page:10(name) C/files-recover.page:12(name) C/files-lost.page:13(name) C/files-autorun.page:15(name) C/fallback-mode.page:12(name) C/display-dimscreen.page:13(name) C/clock-timezone.page:10(name) C/clock-set.page:11(name) C/clock-calendar.page:13(name) C/backup-why.page:18(name) C/backup-where.page:10(name) C/backup-what.page:9(name) C/backup-thinkabout.page:14(name) C/backup-restore.page:13(name) C/backup-how.page:14(name) C/backup-frequency.page:16(name) C/backup-check.page:12(name) C/about-this-guide.page:13(name)
28
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
29
msgstr "Dokumentasjonsprojekt for GNOME"
30
31
#: C/windows-key.page:10(email) C/video-sending.page:13(email) C/video-dvd.page:13(email) C/user-goodpassword.page:12(email) C/user-forgottenpassword.page:11(email) C/user-delete.page:15(email) C/user-changepicture.page:11(email) C/user-changepassword.page:14(email) C/user-admin-problems.page:13(email) C/user-admin-explain.page:13(email) C/user-admin-change.page:14(email) C/user-add.page:12(email) C/user-accounts.page:16(email) C/sound-nosound.page:13(email) C/sound-crackle.page:13(email) C/sound-broken.page:14(email) C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(email) C/shell-workspaces.page:14(email) C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(email) C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(email) C/shell-windows-states.page:14(email) C/shell-windows.page:15(email) C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15(email) C/shell-overview.page:15(email) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(email) C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(email) C/session-loginsound.page:14(email) C/session-language.page:12(email) C/printing-streaks.page:13(email) C/power-willnotturnon.page:13(email) C/power-whydim.page:13(email) C/power-turnoffbutton.page:11(email) C/power-suspendhibernate.page:14(email) C/power-suspendfail.page:15(email) C/power-othercountry.page:12(email) C/power-nowireless.page:15(email) C/power-lowpower.page:11(email) C/power-hotcomputer.page:12(email) C/power-constantfan.page:13(email) C/power-closelid.page:14(email) C/power-brighter.page:15(email) C/power-batterywindows.page:11(email) C/power-batteryslow.page:13(email) C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14(email) C/power-batterylife.page:15(email) C/power-batteryestimate.page:14(email) C/power-batterybroken.page:16(email) C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11(email) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:17(email) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:16(email) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:16(email) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:7(email) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18(email) C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12(email) C/net-wireless-find.page:12(email) C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(email) C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12(email) C/net-wired-connect.page:11(email) C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(email) C/net-antivirus.page:13(email) C/music-player-notrecognized.page:12(email) C/music-player-newipod.page:11(email) C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:11(email) C/music-cantplay-drm.page:11(email) C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(email) C/look-resolution.page:14(email) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:12(email) C/look-background.page:14(email) C/hardware-driver.page:13(email) C/files-search.page:14(email) C/files-rename.page:11(email) C/files-recover.page:13(email) C/files-lost.page:14(email) C/files-autorun.page:16(email) C/fallback-mode.page:13(email) C/display-dimscreen.page:14(email) C/disk-partitions.page:11(email) C/disk-format.page:11(email) C/disk-check.page:11(email) C/disk-capacity.page:11(email) C/disk-benchmark.page:11(email) C/clock-timezone.page:11(email) C/clock-set.page:12(email) C/clock-calendar.page:14(email) C/backup-why.page:19(email) C/backup-where.page:11(email) C/backup-what.page:10(email) C/backup-thinkabout.page:15(email) C/backup-restore.page:14(email) C/backup-how.page:15(email) C/backup-frequency.page:17(email) C/backup-check.page:13(email) C/about-this-guide.page:14(email)
32
msgid "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
33
msgstr "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"
34
35
#: C/windows-key.page:16(title)
36
msgid "What is the \"meta\" key?"
37
msgstr ""
38
39
#: C/windows-key.page:18(p)
40
msgid ""
41
"The meta key is the key between the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys "
42
"on your keyboard. It may sometimes be called the <em>Windows</em> key, "
43
"<em>logo</em> key, <em>system</em> key, or even the <em>Ubuntu</em> key. If "
44
"you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a meta key on your keyboard. "
45
"The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."
46
msgstr ""
47
48
#: C/windows-key.page:20(p)
49
msgid ""
50
"The meta key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
51
"<em>meta</em> key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the "
52
"meta key, the Launcher will be displayed."
53
msgstr ""
54
55
#: C/windows-key.page:22(p)
56
msgid ""
57
"The meta key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
58
"more uses for the <em>meta</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
59
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
60
msgstr ""
61
62
#: C/video-sending.page:8(desc)
63
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
64
msgstr "Kontroller at de har de riktige videokodekene installert."
65
66
#: C/video-sending.page:19(title)
67
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
68
msgstr "Andre kan ikke spille av videoene jeg har laget"
69
70
#: C/video-sending.page:21(p)
71
msgid ""
72
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
73
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
74
msgstr ""
75
"Hvis du lagde en video på en Linux-maskin og sendte den til noen som bruker "
76
"Windows eller Mac OS X, kan det hende de har problemer med å spille den av."
77
78
#: C/video-sending.page:23(p)
79
msgid ""
80
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
81
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
82
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
83
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."
84
msgstr ""
85
"For å kunne spille av videoen din, må personen du sendte den til ha de "
86
"riktige <em>kodekene</em> installert. En kodek er et lite program som vet "
87
"hvordan videofilen skal tolkes og vises på skjermen. Det finnes mange "
88
"forskjellige videoformater som hver krever en egen kodek for å kunne bli "
89
"spilt av."
90
91
#: C/video-sending.page:25(p)
92
msgid ""
93
"You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the <link "
94
"xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>, right-clicking it and selecting "
95
"<gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at "
96
"which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
97
msgstr ""
98
"Du kan finne ut hvilket format videoen din er i ved å finne den i <link "
99
"xref=\"files-browse\">filbehandleren</link>, høyreklikke på den og velge "
100
"<gui>Egenskaper</gui>. Åpne fanen <gui>Lyd/bilde</gui> og se hvilken "
101
"<gui>kodek</gui> som er listet under <gui>Film</gui>."
102
103
#: C/video-sending.page:27(p)
104
msgid ""
105
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
106
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
107
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
108
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
109
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
110
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
111
"it's not installed."
112
msgstr ""
113
"Spør personen som har problemer med å spille av videoen om han/hun har den "
114
"riktige kodeken på maskinen sin. Det er ofte nyttig å søke på nettet etter "
115
"navnet på kodeken sammen med navnet på personens videospiller. For eksempel, "
116
"hvis videoen din bruker <em>Theora</em>-formatet, og du har en venn som vil "
117
"bruke Windows Media Player for å se på den, søk etter \"theora windows media "
118
"player\". Det er ofte mulig å laste ned den riktige kodeken gratis, hvis den "
119
"ikke allerede er installert."
120
121
#: C/video-sending.page:29(p)
122
msgid ""
123
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
124
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
125
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a variety of video "
126
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
127
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
128
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
129
"available."
130
msgstr ""
131
"Hvis du ikke kan finne den riktige kodeken, prøv mediaspilleren <link "
132
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. Den fungerer "
133
"på Windows og Mac OS X i tillegg til Linux, og støtter mange videoformater. "
134
"Hvis det ikke virker, kan du prøve å konvertere videoen til et annet format. "
135
"De fleste programmer for videoredigering kan gjøre dette, og det finnes også "
136
"programmer som er laget spesielt for å konvertere video. Bruk <app>Ubuntus "
137
"Programvaresenter</app> for å finne ut hva som finnes."
138
139
#: C/video-sending.page:32(p)
140
msgid ""
141
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
142
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
143
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
144
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
145
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
146
msgstr ""
147
"Det finnes noen få andre problemer som også kan hindre noen fra å spille av "
148
"videoen din. Den kan ha blitt skadet når du sendte den til dem (det hender "
149
"store filer ikke blir kopiert feilfritt), de kan ha problemer med "
150
"videospilleren sin, eller det kan hende videoen ikke ble laget ordentlig "
151
"(det kan ha oppstått noen feil mens du lagret den)."
152
153
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(desc)
154
msgid ""
155
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
156
"software."
157
msgstr ""
158
"De fleste kommersielle DVD-er er kryptert, og kan ikke spilles av uten "
159
"programvare for dekryptering."
160
161
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(name) C/shell-windows-switching.page:17(name) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18(name) C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18(name) C/session-loginsound.page:18(name) C/clock-set.page:15(name) C/clock-more-info.page:10(name)
162
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
163
msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentasjonsprosjekt"
164
165
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:14(email) C/shell-windows-switching.page:18(email) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19(email) C/session-loginsound.page:19(email) C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12(email) C/net.page:16(email) C/net-chat-empathy.page:12(email) C/fallback-mode.page:17(email) C/clock-set.page:16(email) C/clock-more-info.page:11(email) C/app-cheese.page:11(email)
166
msgid "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com"
167
msgstr "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com"
168
169
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(title)
170
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
171
msgstr ""
172
173
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(p)
174
msgid ""
175
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
176
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
177
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
178
msgstr ""
179
180
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(title)
181
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
182
msgstr "Bruk Fluendo for å spille av DVD-er lovlig"
183
184
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(p)
185
msgid ""
186
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
187
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
188
"should be legal to use in all countries."
189
msgstr ""
190
191
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(title)
192
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
193
msgstr "Bruk alternativ dekrypteringsprogramvare"
194
195
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(p)
196
msgid ""
197
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
198
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
199
msgstr ""
200
201
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(p)
202
msgid ""
203
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
204
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
205
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
206
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
207
msgstr ""
208
"Installer <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
209
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
210
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link> og <link "
211
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
212
213
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(p)
214
msgid ""
215
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
216
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
217
msgstr ""
218
219
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(p)
220
msgid ""
221
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
222
"<key>Enter</key>:"
223
msgstr ""
224
"Skriv følgende inn i skjermen som dukker opp, og trykk <key>Enter</key>:"
225
226
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(code)
227
#, no-wrap
228
msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh"
229
msgstr "sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh"
230
231
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(p)
232
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
233
msgstr "Skriv inn passordet ditt for å fullføre installasjonen."
234
235
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(desc)
236
msgid ""
237
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
238
"region."
239
msgstr ""
240
241
#: C/video-dvd.page:19(title)
242
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
243
msgstr "Hvorfor kan jeg ikke spille av DVD-er?"
244
245
#: C/video-dvd.page:21(p)
246
msgid ""
247
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it won't play, you may not have "
248
"the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different "
249
"\"region\"."
250
msgstr ""
251
252
#: C/video-dvd.page:24(title)
253
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
254
msgstr "Installer de rette kodekene for DVD-avspilling"
255
256
#: C/video-dvd.page:25(p)
257
msgid ""
258
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
259
"A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio "
260
"format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, "
261
"the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install it for you."
262
msgstr ""
263
"For å spille av DVD-er, trenger du de å ha de rette kodekene installert. En "
264
"kodek er et program som vet hvordan en lyd- eller videofil skal tolkes og "
265
"vises på skjermen. Hvis du prøver å spille av en DVD uten å ha de rette "
266
"kodekene, bør videospilleren fortelle deg om det og tilby seg å installere "
267
"det for deg."
268
269
#: C/video-dvd.page:26(p)
270
msgid ""
271
"DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
272
"you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you "
273
"have some <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
274
"handle the copy protection."
275
msgstr ""
276
277
#: C/video-dvd.page:30(title)
278
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
279
msgstr ""
280
281
#: C/video-dvd.page:31(p)
282
msgid ""
283
"DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world "
284
"you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the "
285
"same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you "
286
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
287
msgstr ""
288
289
#: C/video-dvd.page:32(p)
290
msgid ""
291
"If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
292
"play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible "
293
"to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few "
294
"times before it locks into one region permanently."
295
msgstr ""
296
297
#: C/video-dvd.page:33(p)
298
msgid ""
299
"To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
300
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
301
msgstr ""
302
303
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(desc)
304
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
305
msgstr "Bruke lengre, mer kompliserte passord."
306
307
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(name) C/sound-volume.page:9(name) C/printing-setup.page:13(name) C/printing-select.page:11(name) C/printing-order.page:12(name) C/printing-envelopes.page:12(name) C/printing-differentsize.page:11(name) C/printing-cancel-job.page:12(name) C/printing-2sided.page:12(name) C/printing.page:12(name) C/power-othercountry.page:15(name) C/power-batterywindows.page:14(name) C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(name) C/power-batterylife.page:18(name) C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(name) C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(name) C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14(name) C/net-slow.page:9(name) C/net-proxy.page:10(name) C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:9(name) C/net-otherscontrol.page:9(name) C/net-othersconnect.page:11(name) C/net-manual.page:9(name) C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(name) C/net-install-flash.page:10(name) C/net-email-virus.page:11(name) C/net-editcon.page:15(name) C/net-default-email.page:10(name) C/net-default-browser.page:10(name) C/net-adhoc.page:9(name) C/nautilus-list.page:11(name) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(name) C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(name) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15(name) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11(name) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:14(name) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(name) C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:10(name) C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:10(name) C/files-tilde.page:12(name) C/files-sort.page:11(name) C/files-preview-music.page:13(name) C/files-hidden.page:11(name) C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14(name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16(name) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16(name) C/a11y-right-click.page:15(name) C/a11y-icon.page:11(name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(name) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16(name)
308
msgid "Phil Bull"
309
msgstr "Phil Bull"
310
311
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(email) C/sound-volume.page:10(email) C/printing-setup.page:14(email) C/printing-select.page:12(email) C/printing-order.page:13(email) C/printing-envelopes.page:13(email) C/printing-differentsize.page:12(email) C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(email) C/printing-2sided.page:13(email) C/printing.page:13(email) C/power-othercountry.page:16(email) C/power-batterywindows.page:15(email) C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18(email) C/power-batterylife.page:19(email) C/power-batteryestimate.page:18(email) C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16(email) C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15(email) C/net-slow.page:10(email) C/net-proxy.page:11(email) C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:10(email) C/net-otherscontrol.page:10(email) C/net-othersconnect.page:12(email) C/net-manual.page:10(email) C/net-install-moonlight.page:11(email) C/net-install-flash.page:11(email) C/net-email-virus.page:12(email) C/net-editcon.page:16(email) C/net-default-email.page:11(email) C/net-default-browser.page:11(email) C/net-adhoc.page:10(email) C/nautilus-list.page:12(email) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15(email) C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14(email) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:16(email) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(email) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(email) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:20(email) C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:11(email) C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(email) C/files-tilde.page:13(email) C/files-sort.page:12(email) C/files-preview-music.page:14(email) C/files-hidden.page:12(email) C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(email) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(email) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(email) C/a11y-right-click.page:16(email) C/a11y-icon.page:12(email) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16(email) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(email)
312
msgid "philbull@gmail.com"
313
msgstr "philbull@gmail.com"
314
315
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19(name) C/user-delete.page:10(name) C/screen-shot-record.page:12(name) C/nautilus-views.page:13(name) C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(name) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(name) C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11(name) C/nautilus-behavior.page:13(name) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(name) C/mouse-middleclick.page:13(name) C/mouse.page:15(name) C/more-help.page:10(name) C/get-involved.page:12(name) C/files-copy.page:15(name) C/files-browse.page:12(name) C/backup-where.page:14(name) C/backup-what.page:13(name) C/backup-thinkabout.page:10(name) C/backup-restore.page:9(name) C/backup-how.page:10(name) C/backup-frequency.page:12(name)
316
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
317
msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
318
319
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(email) C/screen-shot-record.page:13(email) C/nautilus-views.page:14(email) C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12(email) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19(email) C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(email) C/mouse.page:16(email) C/more-help.page:11(email) C/files-copy.page:16(email) C/files-browse.page:13(email) C/backup-where.page:15(email) C/backup-what.page:14(email) C/backup-thinkabout.page:11(email) C/backup-restore.page:10(email) C/backup-how.page:11(email) C/backup-frequency.page:13(email)
320
msgid "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
321
msgstr "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"
322
323
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:26(title)
324
msgid "Choose a secure password"
325
msgstr "Velg et sikkert passord"
326
327
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:29(p)
328
msgid ""
329
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
330
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
331
msgstr ""
332
"Gjør passordet enkelt å huske for deg, men veldig vanskelig for andre "
333
"(inkludert dataprogrammer) å gjette."
334
335
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33(p)
336
msgid ""
337
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
338
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
339
"personal information."
340
msgstr ""
341
"Å velge et godt passord hjelper deg å holde datamaskinen din trygg. Hvis "
342
"passordet ditt er enkelt å gjette, kan noen finne det og få tilgang til din "
343
"personlige informasjon."
344
345
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(p)
346
msgid ""
347
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
348
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
349
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
350
"choosing a good password:"
351
msgstr ""
352
"Noen kan til og med bruke datamaskiner for systematisk å gjette passordet "
353
"ditt, så et som er vanskelig å gjette for et menneske, kan være veldig "
354
"enkelt for et dataprogram å finne. Her er noen tips for å velge et sikkert "
355
"passord:"
356
357
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:38(p)
358
msgid ""
359
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
360
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
361
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
362
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
363
msgstr ""
364
"Bruk en blanding av store og små bokstaver, sifre, symboler og mellomrom i "
365
"passordet. Dette gjør det vanskeligere å gjette; Det er flere symboler å "
366
"velge blant, og dermed flere mulige passord noen må prøve hvis de prøver å "
367
"finne passordet ditt."
368
369
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40(p)
370
msgid ""
371
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
372
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
373
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
374
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
375
msgstr ""
376
"En god metode for å velge et passord er å bruke den første bokstaven i hvert "
377
"ord i en frase du enkelt kan huske. Frasen kan være navnet på en film, en "
378
"bok, en sang eller et album. For eksempel ville \"Flatland: A Romance of "
379
"Many Dimensions\" bli F:ARoMD, faromd eller f: aromd."
380
381
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:46(p)
382
msgid ""
383
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
384
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
385
msgstr ""
386
"Gjør passordet ditt så langt som mulig. Jo flere tegn det inneholder, jo "
387
"lenger tid tar det for en person eller datamaskin å gjette det."
388
389
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(p)
390
msgid ""
391
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
392
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
393
"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
394
msgstr ""
395
"Ikke bruk ord som finnes i en standard ordbok i noe språk. Passordgjettere "
396
"vil prøve disse først. Det mest brukte passordet er \"passord\". Folk kan "
397
"gjette slike passord veldig raskt!"
398
399
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52(p)
400
msgid ""
401
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
402
"any family member's name."
403
msgstr ""
404
"Ikke bruk personlig informasjon, slik som en dato, registeringsnummer, eller "
405
"et navnet på et familiemedlem."
406
407
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:55(p)
408
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
409
msgstr "Ikke bruk et substantiv."
410
411
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:58(p)
412
msgid ""
413
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
414
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
415
"watching you."
416
msgstr ""
417
"Velg et passord du kan skrive raskt, for å minske sjansen for at noen kan "
418
"finne ut passordet hvis de så på mens du skrev det."
419
420
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:62(p)
421
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
422
msgstr "Aldri skriv ned passordene dine noe sted. De kan enkelt bli funnet!"
423
424
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:68(p)
425
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
426
msgstr "Bruk forskjellige passord for forskjellige ting."
427
428
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:72(p)
429
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
430
msgstr "Bruk forskjellige passord for forskjellige kontoer."
431
432
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(p)
433
msgid ""
434
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
435
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
436
msgstr ""
437
"Hvis du bruker samme passord for alle kontoene dine, vil en som gjetter det "
438
"være i stand til å få tilgang til alle kontoene dine umiddelbart."
439
440
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(p)
441
msgid ""
442
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
443
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
444
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
445
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
446
msgstr ""
447
"Det kan være vanskelig å huske mange passord. Selv om det ikke er like "
448
"sikkert som å bruke forskjellige passord for alt, kan det være enklere å "
449
"bruke samme passord for ting som ikke er så viktige (som enkelte nettsider), "
450
"og forskjellige for viktige ting (som nettbankkontoen og eposten din)"
451
452
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:78(p)
453
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
454
msgstr "Forandre passordene dine gjevnlig."
455
456
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(desc)
457
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
458
msgstr "Avanserte teknikker for å nullstille passordet ditt"
459
460
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(title)
461
msgid "I forgot my password!"
462
msgstr "Jeg glemte passordet mitt!"
463
464
#. COMMENT<cite date="2011-04-03">shaunm</cite><p>Marking final for 3.0.
465
#. This could use some work for 3.2. There are some less drastic things.
466
#. Like if there's another admin user on your computer, have them reset
467
#. your password in the user accounts settings.</p>
468
#. <p>Also: merge two grubs instructions (almost equal), use clicky-clicky
469
#. instructions as much as possible, and let's get some real keyring docs
470
#. integrated in gnome-help then link there.</p>
471
#. END COMMENT
472
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:26(p)
473
msgid ""
474
"It is important to not only choose <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
475
"and secure password</link>, but one that you can also remember. If you have "
476
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
477
"the following steps to reset it."
478
msgstr ""
479
"Det er viktig å velge ikke bare <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">et godt og "
480
"sikkert passord</link>, men et du også kan huske. Hvis du har glemt "
481
"passordet for å logge inn på brukerkontoen på datamaskinen din, kan du følge "
482
"disse stegene for å nullstille det."
483
484
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:31(p)
485
msgid ""
486
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
487
"forgotten password."
488
msgstr ""
489
"Hvis du har en kryptert hjemmemappe, vil det være umulig å nullstille et "
490
"glemt passord."
491
492
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:35(p)
493
msgid ""
494
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
495
"changepassword\"/>."
496
msgstr ""
497
"Hvis du bare vil endre passordet ditt, se <link xref=\"user-"
498
"changepassword\"/>."
499
500
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(title)
501
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
502
msgstr "Nullstill passordet med Grub"
503
504
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:44(p)
505
msgid ""
506
"Restart your computer, and hold down the <key>Shift</key> during bootup to "
507
"get into the grub menu."
508
msgstr ""
509
"Start datamaskinen på nytt, og hold inne <key>Shift</key> under oppstarten "
510
"for å komme inn i grubmenyen."
511
512
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:48(p)
513
msgid ""
514
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
515
"system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
516
"down the <key>Shift</key> key."
517
msgstr ""
518
"Hvis du har en såkalt \"dobbelt-oppstart\"-maskin, det vil si at du under "
519
"oppstarten velger hvilket operativsystem som skal startes, bør grubmenyen "
520
"vises uten at du trenger å holde nede <key>Shift</key>-tasten."
521
522
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:53(p)
523
msgid ""
524
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
525
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
526
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
527
msgstr ""
528
"Hvil du ikke kan komme inn Grub-oppstartsmenyen, og dermed ikke kan starte "
529
"opp til gjennopprettelsesmodus, kan du <link xref=\"user-"
530
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">bruke en live-CD for å nullstille passordet "
531
"ditt</link>."
532
533
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:58(p)
534
msgid ""
535
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
536
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
537
msgstr ""
538
"Trykk på nedpilen på tastaturet for å velge linjen som slutter med ordene "
539
"«recovery mode», «gjenopprettelsesmodus» eller lignende, og trykk "
540
"<key>Enter</key>."
541
542
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:64(p)
543
msgid ""
544
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
545
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
546
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
547
msgstr ""
548
"Datamaskinen din vil nå starte oppstartsprosessen. Etter et øyeblikk, vil en "
549
"<gui>Gjennopprettelsesmeny</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to "
550
"highlight <gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
551
552
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:70(p)
553
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
554
msgstr "Ved <cmd>#</cmd>-symbolet, skriv:"
555
556
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(p)
557
msgid ""
558
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
559
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
560
msgstr ""
561
"<cmd>passwd <var>brukernavn</var></cmd>, hvor <var>brukernavn/var> er "
562
"brukernavnet til kontoen du vil endre passordet til."
563
564
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:78(p)
565
msgid ""
566
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
567
"password."
568
msgstr ""
569
"Du vil bli bedt om å skrive inn et nytt UNIX-passord, og til å bekrefte det "
570
"nye passordet."
571
572
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:83(p)
573
msgid "Then type:"
574
msgstr "Etterpå, skriv:"
575
576
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:86(p)
577
msgid "# <cmd>reboot now</cmd>"
578
msgstr "# <cmd>reboot now</cmd>"
579
580
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:91(p) C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(p)
581
msgid ""
582
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
583
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
584
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
585
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
586
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
587
msgstr ""
588
589
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:96(title)
590
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
591
msgstr "Nullstill passordet ved hjelp av en Live-CD eller USB"
592
593
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:99(p)
594
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
595
msgstr "Start opp fra Live-CD-en eller USB-en."
596
597
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:104(p)
598
msgid "Mount your drive."
599
msgstr "Monter disken din."
600
601
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:109(p)
602
msgid ""
603
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
604
"Application</gui> dialog."
605
msgstr ""
606
"Trykk <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> for å få fram <gui>Kjør "
607
"program</gui>-dialogen."
608
609
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:114(p)
610
msgid ""
611
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
612
"privileges."
613
msgstr ""
614
"Skriv <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> for å starte filbehandleren med "
615
"administratorrettigheter."
616
617
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:118(p)
618
msgid ""
619
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
620
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
621
msgstr ""
622
"Fra disken du nettopp monterte kan du sjekke at det er den riktige disken "
623
"ved å velge <gui> home </gui> og deretter brukernavnet ditt."
624
625
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:124(p)
626
msgid ""
627
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
628
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
629
msgstr ""
630
"Gå til den øverste mappen på den monterte disken. Åpne deretter "
631
"<gui>etc</gui>-mappen."
632
633
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(p)
634
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
635
msgstr "Finn filen som heter «shadow» og lag en sikkerhetskopi:"
636
637
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(p)
638
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
639
msgstr "Høyreklikk på shadow-filen og velg <gui>Kopier</gui>."
640
641
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:135(p)
642
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
643
msgstr "Høyreklikk på det tomme området og velg <gui>Lim inn</gui>."
644
645
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(p)
646
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
647
msgstr ""
648
"<link xref=\"files-rename\">Gi sikkerhetskopien navnet</link> «shadow.bak»."
649
650
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(p)
651
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
652
msgstr "Rediger den originale «shadow»-filen med et tekstredigeringsprogram."
653
654
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:153(p)
655
msgid ""
656
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
657
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
658
msgstr ""
659
"Finn brukernavnet du har glemt passordet til. Det bør se ut omtrent slik "
660
"(tegnene etter kolonet vil være annerledes):"
661
662
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:156(p)
663
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
664
msgstr "brukernavn:$1$2abCd0E eller"
665
666
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:159(p)
667
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
668
msgstr "brukernavn:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
669
670
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:164(p)
671
msgid ""
672
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
673
"This will remove the password for the account."
674
msgstr ""
675
"Slett karakterene mellom det første og det andre kolonet. Dette vil fjerne "
676
"passordet fra kontoen."
677
678
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(p)
679
msgid ""
680
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
681
"live CD or USB."
682
msgstr ""
683
"Lagre filen, avslutt alle programmer, og start datamaskinen på nytt uten "
684
"live-CD-en eller USB-en."
685
686
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:173(p)
687
msgid ""
688
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the panel. "
689
"Open <gui>About Me</gui> and change your password."
690
msgstr ""
691
"Når du starter opp igjen, klikk navnet ditt i panelet. Åpne <gui>Om "
692
"meg</gui> og endre passordet ditt."
693
694
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:178(p)
695
msgid ""
696
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
697
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
698
"password."
699
msgstr ""
700
"Ikke skriv noe i feltet <gui>Gjeldende passord</gui>, ettersom ditt du ikke "
701
"har noe passord for øyeblikket. Bare velg <gui>Autentiser</gui> og skriv inn "
702
"et nytt passord."
703
704
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:191(title)
705
msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
706
msgstr ""
707
708
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:193(p)
709
msgid ""
710
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
711
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
712
"used for your keyring."
713
msgstr ""
714
715
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:198(p)
716
msgid ""
717
"Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
718
"overview."
719
msgstr ""
720
721
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:201(p)
722
msgid ""
723
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
724
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
725
msgstr ""
726
727
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:204(p)
728
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
729
msgstr ""
730
731
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:207(p)
732
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
733
msgstr ""
734
735
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:210(p)
736
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
737
msgstr ""
738
739
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:213(p)
740
msgid "Restart the computer."
741
msgstr ""
742
743
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:217(p)
744
msgid ""
745
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
746
"networks password."
747
msgstr ""
748
749
#: C/user-delete.page:7(desc)
750
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
751
msgstr ""
752
753
#: C/user-delete.page:11(email) C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(email) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(email) C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(email) C/get-involved.page:13(email)
754
msgid "tiffany@antopolski.com"
755
msgstr ""
756
757
#: C/user-delete.page:18(name) C/user-changepicture.page:14(name) C/user-add.page:15(name) C/unity-introduction.page:13(name) C/tips-specialchars.page:11(name) C/tips.page:9(name) C/sound-usespeakers.page:10(name) C/sound-usemic.page:9(name) C/sound-alert.page:9(name) C/shell-exit.page:16(name) C/session-language.page:15(name) C/printing-setup.page:25(name) C/prefs-display.page:10(name) C/prefs-language.page:10(name) C/prefs.page:11(name) C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(name) C/net.page:11(name) C/net-nonm.page:9(name) C/net-macaddress.page:9(name) C/net-findip.page:10(name) C/net-editcon.page:10(name) C/nautilus-views.page:17(name) C/nautilus-preview.page:12(name) C/nautilus-prefs.page:10(name) C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(name) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(name) C/nautilus-display.page:13(name) C/nautilus-connect.page:12(name) C/nautilus-behavior.page:17(name) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:11(name) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(name) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19(name) C/mouse-middleclick.page:17(name) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:15(name) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:10(name) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:18(name) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:13(name) C/media.page:10(name) C/look-background.page:25(name) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:10(name) C/keyboard-layouts.page:10(name) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(name) C/keyboard.page:17(name) C/hardware.page:10(name) C/files-share.page:14(name) C/files-select.page:9(name) C/files-search.page:17(name) C/files-rename.page:14(name) C/files-removedrive.page:9(name) C/files.page:11(name) C/files-open.page:16(name) C/files-lost.page:17(name) C/files-delete.page:16(name) C/files-browse.page:16(name) C/display-lock.page:14(name) C/display-dimscreen.page:21(name) C/clock.page:16(name) C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(name) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(name) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(name) C/a11y-screen-reader.page:10(name) C/a11y-right-click.page:10(name) C/a11y.page:10(name) C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:11(name) C/a11y-font-size.page:10(name) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:10(name) C/a11y-contrast.page:11(name) C/a11y-braille.page:11(name) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(name)
758
msgid "Shaun McCance"
759
msgstr ""
760
761
#: C/user-delete.page:19(email) C/user-changepicture.page:15(email) C/user-add.page:16(email) C/unity-introduction.page:14(email) C/tips-specialchars.page:12(email) C/tips.page:10(email) C/sound-usespeakers.page:11(email) C/sound-usemic.page:10(email) C/sound-alert.page:10(email) C/shell-exit.page:17(email) C/session-language.page:16(email) C/printing-setup.page:26(email) C/prefs-display.page:11(email) C/prefs-language.page:11(email) C/prefs.page:12(email) C/net-wrongnetwork.page:11(email) C/net.page:12(email) C/net-nonm.page:10(email) C/net-macaddress.page:10(email) C/net-findip.page:11(email) C/net-editcon.page:11(email) C/nautilus-views.page:18(email) C/nautilus-preview.page:13(email) C/nautilus-prefs.page:11(email) C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(email) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(email) C/nautilus-display.page:14(email) C/nautilus-connect.page:13(email) C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(email) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(email) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23(email) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:20(email) C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(email) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(email) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(email) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(email) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(email) C/media.page:11(email) C/look-background.page:26(email) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(email) C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(email) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:12(email) C/keyboard.page:18(email) C/hardware.page:11(email) C/files-share.page:15(email) C/files-select.page:10(email) C/files-search.page:18(email) C/files-rename.page:15(email) C/files-removedrive.page:10(email) C/files.page:12(email) C/files-open.page:17(email) C/files-lost.page:18(email) C/files-delete.page:17(email) C/files-browse.page:17(email) C/display-lock.page:15(email) C/display-dimscreen.page:22(email) C/clock.page:17(email) C/a11y-visualalert.page:12(email) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(email) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(email) C/a11y-screen-reader.page:11(email) C/a11y-right-click.page:11(email) C/a11y.page:11(email) C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(email) C/a11y-font-size.page:11(email) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(email) C/a11y-contrast.page:12(email) C/a11y-braille.page:12(email) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(email)
762
msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"
763
msgstr ""
764
765
#: C/user-delete.page:24(title)
766
msgid "Delete a user account"
767
msgstr ""
768
769
#: C/user-delete.page:26(p)
770
msgid ""
771
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
772
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
773
"delete that user's account."
774
msgstr ""
775
776
#: C/user-delete.page:31(p) C/user-admin-change.page:26(p) C/user-add.page:29(p) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48(p) C/display-lock.page:31(p) C/display-dimscreen.page:36(p) C/clock-more-info.page:36(p)
777
msgid ""
778
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
779
"Settings</gui>."
780
msgstr ""
781
782
#: C/user-delete.page:32(p) C/user-admin-change.page:28(p) C/user-add.page:30(p)
783
msgid "In the <em>System</em> section, click <gui>Users and Groups</gui>."
784
msgstr ""
785
786
#: C/user-delete.page:33(p)
787
msgid ""
788
"Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>Delete</gui> button."
789
msgstr ""
790
791
#: C/user-delete.page:34(p)
792
msgid ""
793
"Type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to "
794
"delete user accounts."
795
msgstr ""
796
797
#: C/user-delete.page:36(p)
798
msgid ""
799
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
800
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're "
801
"sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These "
802
"files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back "
803
"up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
804
msgstr ""
805
806
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(desc)
807
msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."
808
msgstr ""
809
810
#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(title)
811
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
812
msgstr ""
813
814
#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(p)
815
msgid ""
816
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
817
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
818
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
819
msgstr ""
820
821
#: C/user-changepicture.page:29(p)
822
msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>About Me</gui>."
823
msgstr ""
824
825
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(p)
826
msgid ""
827
"Click the box next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some "
828
"stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
829
msgstr ""
830
831
#: C/user-changepicture.page:33(p)
832
msgid ""
833
"You can also click the <gui>Pictures</gui> button on the left side pane to "
834
"use one of the pictures from your Pictures folder."
835
msgstr ""
836
837
#: C/user-changepassword.page:8(desc)
838
msgid ""
839
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
840
"settings."
841
msgstr ""
842
843
#: C/user-changepassword.page:20(title)
844
msgid "Change your password"
845
msgstr ""
846
847
#: C/user-changepassword.page:21(p)
848
msgid ""
849
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
850
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
851
msgstr ""
852
853
#: C/user-changepassword.page:23(p)
854
msgid "Click your name on the panel and select <gui>About Me</gui>."
855
msgstr ""
856
857
#: C/user-changepassword.page:24(p)
858
msgid "Click <gui>Change Password</gui>."
859
msgstr ""
860
861
#: C/user-changepassword.page:25(p)
862
msgid ""
863
"Fill in your <gui>Current password</gui> and click <gui>Authenticate</gui>."
864
msgstr ""
865
866
#: C/user-changepassword.page:28(p)
867
msgid ""
868
"Once you have authenticated, enter a <gui>New password</gui>, and "
869
"<gui>Confirmation password</gui> (which needs to be exactly the same as the "
870
"<gui>New password</gui>)."
871
msgstr ""
872
873
#: C/user-changepassword.page:31(p)
874
msgid "Click <gui>Change password</gui>."
875
msgstr ""
876
877
#: C/user-changepassword.page:36(p)
878
msgid ""
879
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
880
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
881
msgstr ""
882
883
#: C/user-changepassword.page:39(title)
884
msgid "Change the keyring password"
885
msgstr ""
886
887
#: C/user-changepassword.page:41(p)
888
msgid ""
889
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
890
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
891
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
892
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
893
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the "
894
"keyring won't be <em>unlocked</em> automatically when you log in."
895
msgstr ""
896
897
#: C/user-changepassword.page:45(p)
898
msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"
899
msgstr ""
900
901
#: C/user-changepassword.page:47(p)
902
msgid ""
903
"Open the <app>Passwords and Encryption Keys</app> application from the "
904
"<gui>dash</gui>."
905
msgstr ""
906
907
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(p)
908
msgid ""
909
"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
910
"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
911
msgstr ""
912
913
#: C/user-changepassword.page:52(p)
914
msgid ""
915
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
916
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
917
"again."
918
msgstr ""
919
920
#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(p)
921
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
922
msgstr ""
923
924
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(desc)
925
msgid ""
926
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
927
"privileges."
928
msgstr ""
929
930
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:19(title)
931
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
932
msgstr ""
933
934
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:21(p)
935
msgid ""
936
"There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have "
937
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some "
938
"things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
939
msgstr ""
940
941
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:25(p)
942
msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"
943
msgstr ""
944
945
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(p)
946
msgid ""
947
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the "
948
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"
949
msgstr ""
950
951
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(p)
952
msgid "Installing new applications"
953
msgstr ""
954
955
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(p)
956
msgid ""
957
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
958
"privileges</link>."
959
msgstr ""
960
961
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(desc)
962
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
963
msgstr ""
964
965
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19(title)
966
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
967
msgstr ""
968
969
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21(p)
970
msgid ""
971
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a "
972
"number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If "
973
"these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
974
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
975
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
976
"also protected."
977
msgstr ""
978
979
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23(p)
980
msgid ""
981
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
982
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
983
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
984
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
985
msgstr ""
986
987
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25(p)
988
msgid ""
989
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get "
990
"admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs "
991
"admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to "
992
"install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask "
993
"for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. "
994
"Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
995
msgstr ""
996
997
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:27(p)
998
msgid ""
999
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
1000
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. If you aren't allowed any "
1001
"admin privileges, you will not be able to install software, for example. "
1002
"Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin "
1003
"privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you "
1004
"might accidentally change an important file and break something."
1005
msgstr ""
1006
1007
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(p)
1008
msgid ""
1009
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
1010
"system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
1011
msgstr ""
1012
1013
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:32(title)
1014
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
1015
msgstr ""
1016
1017
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(p)
1018
msgid ""
1019
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
1020
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
1021
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
1022
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
1023
msgstr ""
1024
1025
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:37(title)
1026
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
1027
msgstr ""
1028
1029
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(p)
1030
msgid ""
1031
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
1032
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
1033
"intentionally or unintentionally."
1034
msgstr ""
1035
1036
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(p)
1037
msgid ""
1038
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
1039
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
1040
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
1041
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
1042
msgstr ""
1043
1044
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(p)
1045
msgid ""
1046
"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
1047
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
1048
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
1049
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
1050
"standpoint."
1051
msgstr ""
1052
1053
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(desc)
1054
msgid ""
1055
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
1056
"giving them administrative privileges."
1057
msgstr ""
1058
1059
#: C/user-admin-change.page:20(title)
1060
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
1061
msgstr ""
1062
1063
#: C/user-admin-change.page:22(p)
1064
msgid ""
1065
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
1066
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
1067
"administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of "
1068
"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
1069
"changes."
1070
msgstr ""
1071
1072
#: C/user-admin-change.page:31(p)
1073
msgid ""
1074
"Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
1075
"option next to <gui>Account type</gui>. Enter your password to unlock the "
1076
"account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin "
1077
"privileges yourself.)"
1078
msgstr ""
1079
1080
#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(p)
1081
msgid ""
1082
"Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform "
1083
"administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
1084
msgstr ""
1085
1086
#: C/user-admin-change.page:40(p)
1087
msgid ""
1088
"Choose <gui>Desktop User</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to "
1089
"perform administrative tasks."
1090
msgstr ""
1091
1092
#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(p)
1093
msgid ""
1094
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
1095
"they next log in."
1096
msgstr ""
1097
1098
#: C/user-admin-change.page:51(p)
1099
msgid ""
1100
"The first user account on the system has administrative privileges. This is "
1101
"the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
1102
msgstr ""
1103
1104
#. <link type="seealso" xref="user-addguest"/> Need to add information about guest accounts
1105
#: C/user-add.page:8(desc)
1106
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
1107
msgstr ""
1108
1109
#: C/user-add.page:22(title)
1110
msgid "Add a new user account"
1111
msgstr ""
1112
1113
#: C/user-add.page:24(p)
1114
msgid ""
1115
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
1116
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
1117
"folder, documents, and settings."
1118
msgstr ""
1119
1120
#: C/user-add.page:31(p)
1121
msgid ""
1122
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>Add</gui> button to add "
1123
"a new user account. Type your password to make changes. You must be an "
1124
"administrative user to add user accounts."
1125
msgstr ""
1126
1127
#: C/user-add.page:34(p)
1128
msgid ""
1129
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
1130
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
1131
"you like. Click <gui>OK</gui> when you're done."
1132
msgstr ""
1133
1134
#: C/user-add.page:37(p)
1135
msgid ""
1136
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
1137
"user's password. Have the user type their password in the <gui>New "
1138
"password</gui> and <gui>Confirmation</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-"
1139
"goodpassword\"/>. You can also click the button next to the <gui>Generate "
1140
"random password</gui> field to select a randomly generated secure password. "
1141
"These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to "
1142
"remember, so be careful."
1143
msgstr ""
1144
1145
#: C/user-add.page:45(p)
1146
msgid ""
1147
"New users are created without <link xref=\"user-admin-"
1148
"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. If you want the new user to have "
1149
"administrative access to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for "
1150
"the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, "
1151
"install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
1152
msgstr ""
1153
1154
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(desc)
1155
msgid ""
1156
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
1157
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
1158
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
1159
msgstr ""
1160
1161
#: C/user-accounts.page:22(title)
1162
msgid "User accounts"
1163
msgstr ""
1164
1165
#: C/user-accounts.page:24(p)
1166
msgid ""
1167
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
1168
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
1169
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
1170
"account if you know the password."
1171
msgstr ""
1172
1173
#: C/user-accounts.page:27(title)
1174
msgid "Manage user accounts"
1175
msgstr ""
1176
1177
#: C/user-accounts.page:31(title)
1178
msgid "Passwords"
1179
msgstr ""
1180
1181
#: C/user-accounts.page:35(title)
1182
msgid "User privileges"
1183
msgstr ""
1184
1185
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1186
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1187
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:18(None)
1188
msgid ""
1189
"@@image: 'figures/unity-launcher-apps.png'; "
1190
"md5=c87dcbaaaad16b35a5c62b93e40ca2ce"
1191
msgstr ""
1192
1193
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:9(name) C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:11(name) C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:11(name) C/unity-dash-intro.page:9(name) C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:9(name) C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(name) C/net-wireless-hidden.page:16(name) C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:10(name) C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16(name) C/net.page:15(name) C/net-mobile.page:10(name) C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(name) C/net-chat-video.page:10(name) C/net-chat-social.page:10(name) C/net-chat-skype.page:11(name) C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(name) C/net-antivirus.page:17(name) C/fallback-mode.page:16(name) C/app-cheese.page:10(name) C/addremove-sources.page:10(name) C/addremove-remove.page:10(name) C/addremove-ppa.page:10(name) C/addremove-install.page:10(name) C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(name) C/about-this-guide.page:18(name)
1194
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
1195
msgstr ""
1196
1197
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:14(title)
1198
msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications"
1199
msgstr ""
1200
1201
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(p)
1202
msgid "Launcher icons"
1203
msgstr ""
1204
1205
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:22(p)
1206
msgid ""
1207
"The Launcher is one of the key components of the new Unity desktop. When you "
1208
"first log-in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the "
1209
"screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, Unity "
1210
"workspaces and lenses, as well as the trash."
1211
msgstr ""
1212
1213
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:26(p)
1214
msgid ""
1215
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, "
1216
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
1217
"you to use."
1218
msgstr ""
1219
1220
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30(title)
1221
msgid "Opening the Launcher"
1222
msgstr ""
1223
1224
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:31(p)
1225
msgid ""
1226
"You may notice that the Launcher will hide when it comes into contact with "
1227
"an open application. You can make the launcher reappear in a number of "
1228
"different ways. Experiment and try each of the following ways of opening the "
1229
"Launcher:"
1230
msgstr ""
1231
1232
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:36(p)
1233
msgid ""
1234
"Move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen and <em>push</em> the "
1235
"pointer against the edge of the screen. The Launcher will appear after a "
1236
"brief delay."
1237
msgstr ""
1238
1239
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:38(p)
1240
msgid ""
1241
"Move your mouse pointer to the top-left corner of the screen. The Launcher "
1242
"will appear immediately."
1243
msgstr ""
1244
1245
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:40(p)
1246
msgid ""
1247
"Tap the <key>meta</key> key twice. The Launcher will appear briefly, but "
1248
"will disappear unless you hover your mouse over the Launcher."
1249
msgstr ""
1250
1251
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:42(p)
1252
msgid ""
1253
"Press and hold the <key>meta</key> key. The Launcher will appear, and "
1254
"numbers will appear on top of the Launcher icons. This allows you to press "
1255
"any one of the numbers to start that application."
1256
msgstr ""
1257
1258
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:47(p)
1259
msgid ""
1260
"Which approach do you like the most? What approach do you think will help "
1261
"you work most efficiently?"
1262
msgstr ""
1263
1264
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:50(p)
1265
msgid ""
1266
"To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics "
1267
"below."
1268
msgstr ""
1269
1270
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:54(title)
1271
msgid "Launcher Basics"
1272
msgstr ""
1273
1274
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:65(title)
1275
msgid "Customizing the Launcher"
1276
msgstr ""
1277
1278
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:14(desc)
1279
msgid ""
1280
"Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller to suit your preferences."
1281
msgstr ""
1282
1283
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:17(title)
1284
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
1285
msgstr ""
1286
1287
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:19(p)
1288
msgid ""
1289
"The size of the icons in the <gui>launcher</gui> cannot be changed by "
1290
"default, but you can install software that will allow you to change the size "
1291
"of the icons. To install the necessary software and change the size of the "
1292
"icons, complete these steps:"
1293
msgstr ""
1294
1295
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24(p)
1296
msgid ""
1297
"Install the <link href=\"apt:compizconfig-settings-manager\">CompizConfig "
1298
"Settings Manager (ccsm)</link> application from the <app>Software "
1299
"Center</app>."
1300
msgstr ""
1301
1302
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:26(p)
1303
msgid ""
1304
"If you need assistance with installing the application, consult the <link "
1305
"xref=\"addremove-install\"> software installation help</link>, or review the "
1306
"<link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center Manual</link>."
1307
msgstr ""
1308
1309
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29(p)
1310
msgid ""
1311
"After you have installed the program, click the power icon at the very right "
1312
"of the <gui>panel</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
1313
msgstr ""
1314
1315
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31(p)
1316
msgid ""
1317
"In the Personal section, click <gui>CompizConfig Settings Manager</gui>."
1318
msgstr ""
1319
1320
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32(p)
1321
msgid ""
1322
"In the <gui>Desktop</gui> section of the <app>CompizConfig Settings "
1323
"Manager</app>, click <gui>Ubuntu Unity Plugin</gui>, and select the "
1324
"<gui>Experimental</gui> tab."
1325
msgstr ""
1326
1327
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34(p)
1328
msgid ""
1329
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
1330
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
1331
msgstr ""
1332
1333
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:36(p)
1334
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
1335
msgstr ""
1336
1337
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:39(p)
1338
msgid ""
1339
"Your changes to the size of the icons will be applied immediately. Click the "
1340
"<gui>Back</gui> and <gui> Close</gui> buttons to exit the <app>CompizConfig "
1341
"Settings Manager</app>."
1342
msgstr ""
1343
1344
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:14(desc)
1345
msgid "Click <gui>Launcher & Menus</gui> in <gui>System Settings</gui>."
1346
msgstr ""
1347
1348
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:17(title)
1349
msgid ""
1350
"Stop the launcher from showing when I point to the left side of the screen"
1351
msgstr ""
1352
1353
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:19(p)
1354
msgid ""
1355
"The <gui>launcher</gui> unhides when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer "
1356
"to the left side of the screen. If you prefer, you can tell Unity to only "
1357
"show the launcher when you click the top left Ubuntu button instead."
1358
msgstr ""
1359
1360
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:22(p) C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:35(p) C/a11y-right-click.page:27(p) C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:24(p) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:27(p) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(p)
1361
msgid ""
1362
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
1363
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
1364
msgstr ""
1365
1366
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:23(p)
1367
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Launcher & Menus</gui>."
1368
msgstr ""
1369
1370
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24(p)
1371
msgid "Choose <gui>Touches the top left corner of the screen</gui>."
1372
msgstr ""
1373
1374
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1375
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1376
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(None)
1377
msgid ""
1378
"@@image: 'figures/unity-overview.png'; md5=f1d99c0b3e9d08710bc70404876b9f69"
1379
msgstr ""
1380
1381
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1382
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1383
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(None)
1384
msgid ""
1385
"@@image: 'figures/unity-launcher.png'; md5=0a9eb565e2b8a3c7a5b1569fe892294e"
1386
msgstr ""
1387
1388
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1389
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1390
#: C/unity-introduction.page:68(None)
1391
msgid ""
1392
"@@image: 'figures/unity-dash.png'; md5=2c9d453a31d271b33558d73bca4b2ba6"
1393
msgstr ""
1394
1395
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(desc)
1396
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
1397
msgstr ""
1398
1399
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(name) C/printing-setup.page:17(name) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13(name) C/printing-paperjam.page:13(name) C/printing-order.page:16(name) C/printing-envelopes.page:16(name) C/printing-differentsize.page:15(name) C/printing-cancel-job.page:16(name) C/printing-2sided.page:16(name) C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:9(name) C/net-macaddress.page:13(name) C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:9(name) C/net-findip.page:15(name) C/net-editcon.page:20(name) C/more-help.page:15(name) C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(name) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:11(name) C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(name) C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(name) C/addremove.page:11(name)
1400
msgid "Jim Campbell"
1401
msgstr ""
1402
1403
#: C/unity-introduction.page:19(email) C/printing-setup.page:18(email) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(email) C/printing-paperjam.page:14(email) C/printing-order.page:17(email) C/printing-envelopes.page:17(email) C/printing-differentsize.page:16(email) C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(email) C/printing-2sided.page:17(email) C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(email) C/net-macaddress.page:14(email) C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:10(email) C/net-findip.page:16(email) C/net-editcon.page:21(email) C/more-help.page:16(email) C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12(email) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(email) C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12(email) C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12(email) C/addremove.page:12(email)
1404
msgid "jwcampbell@gmail.com"
1405
msgstr ""
1406
1407
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(title)
1408
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu 11.04"
1409
msgstr ""
1410
1411
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(p)
1412
msgid ""
1413
"Ubuntu 11.04 is the first release of Ubuntu to feature <em>Unity</em>, a "
1414
"completely reimagined user interface. Unity is designed to minimize "
1415
"distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done."
1416
msgstr ""
1417
1418
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(p)
1419
msgid ""
1420
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
1421
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
1422
"features, and how you can use them."
1423
msgstr ""
1424
1425
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(title)
1426
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
1427
msgstr ""
1428
1429
#: C/unity-introduction.page:39(p)
1430
msgid "The Unity desktop"
1431
msgstr ""
1432
1433
#: C/unity-introduction.page:43(title)
1434
msgid "The Launcher and the Home Button"
1435
msgstr ""
1436
1437
#: C/unity-introduction.page:47(p)
1438
msgid "The Launcher"
1439
msgstr ""
1440
1441
#: C/unity-introduction.page:50(p)
1442
msgid ""
1443
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log-in to your "
1444
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often. "
1445
"When you launch an application, the Launcher hides from your view. This "
1446
"gives you more room to do your work, and keeps distractions to a minimum."
1447
msgstr ""
1448
1449
#: C/unity-introduction.page:55(p)
1450
msgid ""
1451
"The <gui>Home Button</gui> sits in the top-left portion of the screen and "
1452
"gives you access to the Launcher along with other Unity features. If you "
1453
"move your mouse pointer to the top-left corner of the Home Button, the "
1454
"Launcher will appear."
1455
msgstr ""
1456
1457
#: C/unity-introduction.page:62(title)
1458
msgid "The Dash"
1459
msgstr ""
1460
1461
#: C/unity-introduction.page:64(p)
1462
msgid ""
1463
"If you click on the <gui>Home Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an "
1464
"additional feature of the desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
1465
msgstr ""
1466
1467
#: C/unity-introduction.page:69(p)
1468
msgid "The Unity Dash"
1469
msgstr ""
1470
1471
#: C/unity-introduction.page:72(p)
1472
msgid ""
1473
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open and use "
1474
"applications and files. For example, if you type the word, \"document\" in "
1475
"to the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you applications that help "
1476
"you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and "
1477
"documents that you have been working on recently."
1478
msgstr ""
1479
1480
#: C/unity-introduction.page:77(p)
1481
msgid ""
1482
"The Dash also gives you shortcuts to often-used Internet, photo, email, and "
1483
"music applications."
1484
msgstr ""
1485
1486
#: C/unity-introduction.page:79(p)
1487
msgid ""
1488
"This is just the beginning of what the Dash can do for you, though. If you "
1489
"want to get the most out of the Dash, check out the Dash tips-and-tricks."
1490
msgstr ""
1491
1492
#: C/unity-introduction.page:83(link)
1493
msgid "Learn more about starting applications."
1494
msgstr ""
1495
1496
#: C/unity-introduction.page:84(link)
1497
msgid "Learn more about windows and workspaces."
1498
msgstr ""
1499
1500
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1501
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1502
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:17(None)
1503
msgid ""
1504
"@@image: 'figures/unity-dash-sample.png'; "
1505
"md5=a3f10896a2361c701619491d9aa35f24"
1506
msgstr ""
1507
1508
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:14(title)
1509
msgid "Find apps and files with the Dash"
1510
msgstr ""
1511
1512
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:18(p)
1513
msgid "Unity Search"
1514
msgstr ""
1515
1516
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21(p)
1517
msgid ""
1518
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications and files, showing "
1519
"you applications and files that you have used recently. If you have ever "
1520
"worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, "
1521
"you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful."
1522
msgstr ""
1523
1524
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:27(p)
1525
msgid ""
1526
"The <gui>dash</gui> includes a <gui>search bar</gui>, <gui>application and "
1527
"files shortcuts</gui>, and launchers for commonly-used applications (your "
1528
"web browser, email program, etc.)."
1529
msgstr ""
1530
1531
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:32(p)
1532
msgid ""
1533
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click on the Ubuntu logo in the top-left "
1534
"portion of the screen, or press the <key>meta</key> key. To hide the "
1535
"<gui>dash</gui>, press <key>Esc</key>."
1536
msgstr ""
1537
1538
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:38(title)
1539
msgid "Find applications and files using the search bar"
1540
msgstr ""
1541
1542
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:39(p)
1543
msgid ""
1544
"The search bar is a <em>global search bar</em>, meaning you can use it to "
1545
"search for both applications <em>and</em> files. To use the global search "
1546
"bar, open the dash and then just start typing. The names and icons of "
1547
"relevant application and files will appear as soon as you start entering "
1548
"text."
1549
msgstr ""
1550
1551
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:46(p)
1552
msgid ""
1553
"Relevant application results will appear in one row, and relevant file "
1554
"results will appear in a second row. If no applications match your search "
1555
"query, only the <em>file</em> result list will appear. Similarly, if no "
1556
"files match your query, only the <em>application</em> list will appear."
1557
msgstr ""
1558
1559
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:52(p)
1560
msgid ""
1561
"If you see an application that you want to use, or a file that you want to "
1562
"open, click on its icon to start it. Also, pressing the <key>Enter</key> key "
1563
"will start the first item in the list."
1564
msgstr ""
1565
1566
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:58(p)
1567
msgid ""
1568
"By default, the <gui>dash</gui> will display five applications or files that "
1569
"match your search criteria. To see more results that match your search, "
1570
"click <gui>See more search results</gui>."
1571
msgstr ""
1572
1573
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:65(p)
1574
msgid ""
1575
"To add an application to the <gui>launcher</gui>, click on the application's "
1576
"icon, drag it to the launcher, and then release it. It will automatically be "
1577
"<em>pinned</em> to the launcher as one of your favorites."
1578
msgstr ""
1579
1580
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:73(title)
1581
msgid "Application and file shortcuts"
1582
msgstr ""
1583
1584
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:74(p)
1585
msgid ""
1586
"If you would prefer to browse for applications and files, you can use the "
1587
"<gui>application and file shortcuts</gui>. Clicking on any of the "
1588
"application shortcuts will display the applications you use most frequently, "
1589
"applications you have installed, as well as suggested applications."
1590
msgstr ""
1591
1592
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:80(p)
1593
msgid ""
1594
"Clicking on the <gui>Find Files</gui> shortcut will display the files you "
1595
"have used most recently, files in your <gui>Downloads</gui> folder, and your "
1596
"<gui>Favorite Folders</gui>. <em>Favorite Folders</em> are folders that you "
1597
"access frequently."
1598
msgstr ""
1599
1600
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1601
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1602
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:28(None) C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(None)
1603
msgid ""
1604
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
1605
"active.svg'; md5=265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f"
1606
msgstr ""
1607
1608
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1609
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1610
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:33(None)
1611
msgid ""
1612
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg'; "
1613
"md5=695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254"
1614
msgstr ""
1615
1616
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1617
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1618
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(None)
1619
msgid ""
1620
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-offline.svg'; "
1621
"md5=2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039"
1622
msgstr ""
1623
1624
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1625
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1626
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(None)
1627
msgid ""
1628
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
1629
"panel.svg'; md5=571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e"
1630
msgstr ""
1631
1632
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1633
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1634
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(None)
1635
msgid ""
1636
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
1637
"messages.svg'; md5=c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e"
1638
msgstr ""
1639
1640
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1641
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1642
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:58(None)
1643
msgid ""
1644
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/user-offline-"
1645
"panel.svg'; md5=31d842c4c143d347b1eeed5bc3760396"
1646
msgstr ""
1647
1648
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1649
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1650
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:63(None)
1651
msgid ""
1652
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/actions/24/system-shutdown-"
1653
"panel.svg'; md5=b24d2e2f2a182157f13446886b1cac61"
1654
msgstr ""
1655
1656
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:14(title)
1657
msgid "Manage apps & settings with Indicator Menus"
1658
msgstr ""
1659
1660
#. COMMENT
1661
#. <p>Technically, there is also the Drop Privileges indicator but that's not really that useful.</p>
1662
#. <p><link href="http://askubuntu.com/questions/30334/list-of-application-indicators">additional indicators</link></p>
1663
#. END COMMENT
1664
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:21(p)
1665
msgid ""
1666
"Ubuntu has many different <em>indicator menus</em> on the right side of the "
1667
"panel. The indicator menus are a place where you can check and modify the "
1668
"state of your computer and applications. Some indicator menus you will see "
1669
"are:"
1670
msgstr ""
1671
1672
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:28(em)
1673
msgid "Bluetooth menu"
1674
msgstr ""
1675
1676
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:28(media)
1677
msgid "Bluetooth icon"
1678
msgstr ""
1679
1680
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:29(p)
1681
msgid ""
1682
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. "
1683
"This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device is not detected."
1684
msgstr ""
1685
1686
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:33(em)
1687
msgid "Battery menu"
1688
msgstr ""
1689
1690
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:33(media)
1691
msgid "Battery icon"
1692
msgstr ""
1693
1694
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:34(p)
1695
msgid ""
1696
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden by default "
1697
"if the battery is fully charged or if a battery is not detected."
1698
msgstr ""
1699
1700
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(em)
1701
msgid "Network menu"
1702
msgstr ""
1703
1704
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(media)
1705
msgid "Offline network icon"
1706
msgstr ""
1707
1708
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:39(p)
1709
msgid ""
1710
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
1711
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
1712
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
1713
msgstr ""
1714
1715
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(em)
1716
msgid "Sound menu"
1717
msgstr ""
1718
1719
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(media)
1720
msgid "Volume icon"
1721
msgstr ""
1722
1723
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:44(p)
1724
msgid ""
1725
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
1726
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
1727
"<app>Banshee</app>."
1728
msgstr ""
1729
1730
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(em)
1731
msgid "Messaging menu"
1732
msgstr ""
1733
1734
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(media)
1735
msgid "Message icon"
1736
msgstr ""
1737
1738
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:49(p)
1739
msgid ""
1740
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
1741
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
1742
msgstr ""
1743
1744
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:53(em)
1745
msgid "Clock"
1746
msgstr ""
1747
1748
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:54(p)
1749
msgid ""
1750
"Access the current time and date. Appointments from your <link "
1751
"href=\"ghelp:evolution?usage-calendar\">Evolution calendar</link> will also "
1752
"display here."
1753
msgstr ""
1754
1755
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:58(em)
1756
msgid "Me menu"
1757
msgstr ""
1758
1759
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:58(media)
1760
msgid "User offline icon"
1761
msgstr ""
1762
1763
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:59(p)
1764
msgid ""
1765
"Configure your user profile. Set your status for social networking or "
1766
"Internet chat."
1767
msgstr ""
1768
1769
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:63(em)
1770
msgid "Session menu"
1771
msgstr ""
1772
1773
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:63(media)
1774
msgid "Shutdown icon"
1775
msgstr ""
1776
1777
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:64(p)
1778
msgid ""
1779
"Access <link xref=\"prefs\">system controls</link>. Lock screen, log out, "
1780
"switch logged in users, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
1781
msgstr ""
1782
1783
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:69(p)
1784
msgid ""
1785
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
1786
"of the application."
1787
msgstr ""
1788
1789
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:70(p)
1790
msgid ""
1791
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
1792
"add indicator menus to the panel."
1793
msgstr ""
1794
1795
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(desc)
1796
msgid ""
1797
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
1798
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
1799
msgstr ""
1800
1801
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19(title)
1802
msgid "Enter special characters"
1803
msgstr ""
1804
1805
#. COMMENT
1806
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
1807
#. <p>Marking complete for 3.0. We didn't get keyboard-inputmethods in.
1808
#. If we get it for 3.0.1, uncomment the last section, write something,
1809
#. and link.</p>
1810
#. END COMMENT
1811
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28(p)
1812
msgid ""
1813
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
1814
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
1815
"different ways you can enter special characters."
1816
msgstr ""
1817
1818
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33(title)
1819
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
1820
msgstr ""
1821
1822
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37(title)
1823
msgid "Character map"
1824
msgstr ""
1825
1826
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(p)
1827
msgid ""
1828
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
1829
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
1830
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
1831
msgstr ""
1832
1833
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:41(p)
1834
msgid ""
1835
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
1836
"information on the character map, see the <link "
1837
"href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
1838
msgstr ""
1839
1840
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47(title)
1841
msgid "Compose key"
1842
msgstr ""
1843
1844
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(p)
1845
msgid ""
1846
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
1847
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
1848
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
1849
"<key>e</key>."
1850
msgstr ""
1851
1852
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52(p)
1853
msgid ""
1854
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
1855
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
1856
msgstr ""
1857
1858
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55(title)
1859
msgid "Define a compose key"
1860
msgstr ""
1861
1862
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(p) C/a11y-icon.page:29(p)
1863
msgid ""
1864
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>panel</gui> and select "
1865
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
1866
msgstr ""
1867
1868
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(p) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(p) C/keyboard-layouts.page:28(p) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27(p)
1869
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
1870
msgstr ""
1871
1872
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(p)
1873
msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
1874
msgstr ""
1875
1876
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(p)
1877
msgid ""
1878
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
1879
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
1880
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
1881
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
1882
"work for their original purpose."
1883
msgstr ""
1884
1885
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68(p)
1886
msgid ""
1887
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
1888
msgstr ""
1889
1890
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71(p)
1891
msgid ""
1892
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
1893
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
1894
msgstr ""
1895
1896
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(p)
1897
msgid ""
1898
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
1899
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
1900
msgstr ""
1901
1902
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76(p)
1903
msgid ""
1904
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
1905
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
1906
msgstr ""
1907
1908
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(p)
1909
msgid ""
1910
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
1911
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
1912
msgstr ""
1913
1914
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81(p)
1915
msgid ""
1916
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
1917
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
1918
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
1919
msgstr ""
1920
1921
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(title)
1922
msgid "Code points"
1923
msgstr ""
1924
1925
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(p)
1926
msgid ""
1927
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
1928
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
1929
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
1930
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
1931
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
1932
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
1933
msgstr ""
1934
1935
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:94(p)
1936
msgid ""
1937
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
1938
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
1939
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
1940
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
1941
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
1942
"them quickly."
1943
msgstr ""
1944
1945
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(title)
1946
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
1947
msgstr ""
1948
1949
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(p)
1950
msgid ""
1951
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
1952
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
1953
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
1954
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
1955
msgstr ""
1956
1957
#: C/tips.page:13(desc)
1958
msgid ""
1959
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
1960
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
1961
msgstr ""
1962
1963
#: C/tips.page:16(title)
1964
msgid "Tips & tricks"
1965
msgstr ""
1966
1967
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(desc)
1968
msgid ""
1969
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
1970
"application."
1971
msgstr ""
1972
1973
#: C/sound-volume.page:17(title)
1974
msgid "Change the sound volume"
1975
msgstr ""
1976
1977
#: C/sound-volume.page:19(p)
1978
msgid ""
1979
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top "
1980
"panel</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
1981
"turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
1982
msgstr ""
1983
1984
#: C/sound-volume.page:21(p)
1985
msgid ""
1986
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
1987
"like stylized speakers with \"waves\" coming out of them, and are often near "
1988
"the \"F\" keys (e.g. <key>F7</key>)."
1989
msgstr ""
1990
1991
#: C/sound-volume.page:23(p)
1992
msgid ""
1993
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
1994
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
1995
"volume control too."
1996
msgstr ""
1997
1998
#: C/sound-volume.page:26(title)
1999
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
2000
msgstr ""
2001
2002
#: C/sound-volume.page:27(p)
2003
msgid ""
2004
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
2005
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
2006
"the web, for example - you might want to turn off the volume in the web "
2007
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
2008
msgstr ""
2009
2010
#: C/sound-volume.page:28(p)
2011
msgid ""
2012
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
2013
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
2014
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
2015
"<gui>Sound Preferences</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and "
2016
"change the volume of the application there."
2017
msgstr ""
2018
2019
#: C/sound-volume.page:29(p)
2020
msgid ""
2021
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
2022
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
2023
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
2024
"volume."
2025
msgstr ""
2026
2027
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:14(desc)
2028
msgid ""
2029
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
2030
msgstr ""
2031
2032
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:17(title)
2033
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
2034
msgstr ""
2035
2036
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(p)
2037
msgid ""
2038
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
2039
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
2040
"plug or with USB."
2041
msgstr ""
2042
2043
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23(p)
2044
msgid ""
2045
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
2046
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
2047
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
2048
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
2049
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
2050
"default device."
2051
msgstr ""
2052
2053
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29(p)
2054
msgid ""
2055
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
2056
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
2057
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
2058
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> then "
2059
"click <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select "
2060
"your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. "
2061
"In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will "
2062
"speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
2063
msgstr ""
2064
2065
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:38(p)
2066
msgid ""
2067
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
2068
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
2069
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
2070
msgstr ""
2071
2072
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44(title) C/sound-usemic.page:35(title)
2073
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
2074
msgstr ""
2075
2076
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:45(p) C/sound-usemic.page:36(p)
2077
msgid ""
2078
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> and select "
2079
"<gui>Sound Preferences</gui>."
2080
msgstr ""
2081
2082
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(p)
2083
msgid ""
2084
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
2085
msgstr ""
2086
2087
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(p)
2088
msgid ""
2089
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
2090
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
2091
msgstr ""
2092
2093
#: C/sound-usemic.page:13(desc)
2094
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
2095
msgstr ""
2096
2097
#: C/sound-usemic.page:16(title)
2098
msgid "Use a different microphone"
2099
msgstr ""
2100
2101
#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(p)
2102
msgid ""
2103
"You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice "
2104
"recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer "
2105
"has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate "
2106
"microphone could provide better audio quality."
2107
msgstr ""
2108
2109
#: C/sound-usemic.page:23(p)
2110
msgid ""
2111
"If your microphone has a circular TS (<em>tip, sleeve</em>) plug, plug it "
2112
"into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two "
2113
"sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a "
2114
"microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will "
2115
"usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting "
2116
"a default input device."
2117
msgstr ""
2118
2119
#: C/sound-usemic.page:30(p)
2120
msgid ""
2121
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
2122
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
2123
"which microphone to use by default."
2124
msgstr ""
2125
2126
#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(p)
2127
msgid ""
2128
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
2129
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
2130
msgstr ""
2131
2132
#: C/sound-usemic.page:41(p)
2133
msgid ""
2134
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
2135
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
2136
"\"input\"."
2137
msgstr ""
2138
2139
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(desc)
2140
msgid ""
2141
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
2142
"sound card is detected."
2143
msgstr ""
2144
2145
#: C/sound-nosound.page:19(title)
2146
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
2147
msgstr ""
2148
2149
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(p)
2150
msgid ""
2151
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
2152
"play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
2153
"problem."
2154
msgstr ""
2155
2156
#: C/sound-nosound.page:24(title)
2157
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
2158
msgstr ""
2159
2160
#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(p)
2161
msgid ""
2162
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) "
2163
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
2164
msgstr ""
2165
2166
#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(p)
2167
msgid ""
2168
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
2169
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
2170
msgstr ""
2171
2172
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(p)
2173
msgid ""
2174
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
2175
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
2176
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
2177
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound "
2178
"Preferences</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
2179
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on "
2180
"there."
2181
msgstr ""
2182
2183
#: C/sound-nosound.page:31(title)
2184
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
2185
msgstr ""
2186
2187
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(p)
2188
msgid ""
2189
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
2190
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
2191
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
2192
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
2193
msgstr ""
2194
2195
#: C/sound-nosound.page:34(p)
2196
msgid ""
2197
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
2198
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
2199
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
2200
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
2201
"see if that works."
2202
msgstr ""
2203
2204
#: C/sound-nosound.page:36(p)
2205
msgid ""
2206
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
2207
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
2208
msgstr ""
2209
2210
#: C/sound-nosound.page:40(title)
2211
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
2212
msgstr ""
2213
2214
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(p)
2215
msgid ""
2216
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
2217
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
2218
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
2219
"choose the right one."
2220
msgstr ""
2221
2222
#: C/sound-nosound.page:44(p) C/sound-alert.page:25(p)
2223
msgid ""
2224
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
2225
"<gui>Sound Preferences</gui>."
2226
msgstr ""
2227
2228
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(p)
2229
msgid ""
2230
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
2231
"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
2232
"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
2233
msgstr ""
2234
2235
#: C/sound-nosound.page:50(p)
2236
msgid ""
2237
"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
2238
"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
2239
"and try each profile."
2240
msgstr ""
2241
2242
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(p)
2243
msgid ""
2244
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
2245
"devices that are listed."
2246
msgstr ""
2247
2248
#: C/sound-nosound.page:56(p)
2249
msgid ""
2250
"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab "
2251
"too."
2252
msgstr ""
2253
2254
#: C/sound-nosound.page:62(title)
2255
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
2256
msgstr ""
2257
2258
#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(p)
2259
msgid ""
2260
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
2261
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
2262
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
2263
"are not installed."
2264
msgstr ""
2265
2266
#: C/sound-nosound.page:66(p)
2267
msgid ""
2268
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
2269
msgstr ""
2270
2271
#: C/sound-nosound.page:69(p)
2272
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
2273
msgstr ""
2274
2275
#: C/sound-nosound.page:72(p)
2276
msgid ""
2277
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
2278
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
2279
msgstr ""
2280
2281
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76(p)
2282
msgid ""
2283
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
2284
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
2285
msgstr ""
2286
2287
#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(p)
2288
msgid ""
2289
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
2290
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
2291
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
2292
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
2293
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
2294
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
2295
"more detailed information."
2296
msgstr ""
2297
2298
#: C/sound-nosound.page:80(p)
2299
msgid ""
2300
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
2301
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
2302
"bug</link>."
2303
msgstr ""
2304
2305
#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(p)
2306
msgid ""
2307
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
2308
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
2309
"computer and external USB sound cards."
2310
msgstr ""
2311
2312
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(desc)
2313
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
2314
msgstr ""
2315
2316
#: C/sound-crackle.page:19(title)
2317
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
2318
msgstr ""
2319
2320
#: C/sound-crackle.page:21(p)
2321
msgid ""
2322
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
2323
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
2324
"with the drivers for the sound card."
2325
msgstr ""
2326
2327
#: C/sound-crackle.page:25(p)
2328
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
2329
msgstr ""
2330
2331
#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(p)
2332
msgid ""
2333
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
2334
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
2335
msgstr ""
2336
2337
#: C/sound-crackle.page:30(p)
2338
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
2339
msgstr ""
2340
2341
#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(p)
2342
msgid ""
2343
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
2344
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
2345
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
2346
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
2347
msgstr ""
2348
2349
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(p)
2350
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
2351
msgstr ""
2352
2353
#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(p)
2354
msgid ""
2355
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
2356
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
2357
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
2358
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
2359
msgstr ""
2360
2361
#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(p)
2362
msgid ""
2363
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
2364
"information about your sound card."
2365
msgstr ""
2366
2367
#: C/sound-broken.page:9(desc)
2368
msgid ""
2369
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
2370
msgstr ""
2371
2372
#: C/sound-broken.page:20(title)
2373
msgid "The sound is broken on my computer!"
2374
msgstr ""
2375
2376
#: C/sound-broken.page:22(p)
2377
msgid ""
2378
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
2379
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
2380
msgstr ""
2381
2382
#: C/sound-alert.page:13(desc)
2383
msgid ""
2384
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
2385
"alert sounds."
2386
msgstr ""
2387
2388
#: C/sound-alert.page:17(title)
2389
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
2390
msgstr ""
2391
2392
#: C/sound-alert.page:19(p)
2393
msgid ""
2394
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
2395
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
2396
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
2397
msgstr ""
2398
2399
#: C/sound-alert.page:26(p)
2400
msgid ""
2401
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
2402
"play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."
2403
msgstr ""
2404
2405
#: C/sound-alert.page:30(p)
2406
msgid ""
2407
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
2408
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and "
2409
"other audio playback."
2410
msgstr ""
2411
2412
#: C/sound-alert.page:34(p)
2413
msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui>."
2414
msgstr ""
2415
2416
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(desc)
2417
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
2418
msgstr ""
2419
2420
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23(title)
2421
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
2422
msgstr ""
2423
2424
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26(title)
2425
msgid "From the workspace switcher"
2426
msgstr ""
2427
2428
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(p)
2429
msgid ""
2430
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
2431
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
2432
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
2433
"again to return to your previous workspace."
2434
msgstr ""
2435
2436
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(title) C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(title)
2437
msgid "From the keyboard"
2438
msgstr ""
2439
2440
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34(p)
2441
msgid ""
2442
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
2443
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
2444
msgstr ""
2445
2446
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(p)
2447
msgid ""
2448
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
2449
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
2450
msgstr ""
2451
2452
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(p)
2453
msgid ""
2454
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
2455
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
2456
msgstr ""
2457
2458
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(p)
2459
msgid ""
2460
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
2461
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
2462
msgstr ""
2463
2464
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
2465
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
2466
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:24(None)
2467
msgid ""
2468
"@@image: 'figures/unity-workspace-intro.png'; "
2469
"md5=80b2149a6fc92b28fd45c902c827aa1f"
2470
msgstr ""
2471
2472
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(desc)
2473
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
2474
msgstr ""
2475
2476
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:21(title)
2477
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
2478
msgstr ""
2479
2480
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(p)
2481
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
2482
msgstr ""
2483
2484
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:28(p)
2485
msgid ""
2486
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
2487
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
2488
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
2489
msgstr ""
2490
2491
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(p)
2492
msgid ""
2493
"You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have "
2494
"all your communication windows, such as email and your chat apps on one "
2495
"workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace Your music "
2496
"manager could be on a third workspace."
2497
msgstr ""
2498
2499
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:32(p)
2500
msgid ""
2501
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
2502
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
2503
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
2504
"workspaces easily:"
2505
msgstr ""
2506
2507
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(title)
2508
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
2509
msgstr ""
2510
2511
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(p) C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:42(p)
2512
msgid ""
2513
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
2514
"<app>Terminal</app>."
2515
msgstr ""
2516
2517
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:37(p)
2518
msgid ""
2519
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
2520
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
2521
msgstr ""
2522
2523
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(code)
2524
#, no-wrap
2525
msgid ""
2526
"gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-1/general/screen0/options/vsize 2"
2527
msgstr ""
2528
2529
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(p)
2530
msgid ""
2531
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
2532
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
2533
msgstr ""
2534
2535
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(code)
2536
#, no-wrap
2537
msgid ""
2538
"gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-1/general/screen0/options/hsize 2"
2539
msgstr ""
2540
2541
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(desc)
2542
msgid ""
2543
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
2544
msgstr ""
2545
2546
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:23(title)
2547
msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"
2548
msgstr ""
2549
2550
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(p)
2551
msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
2552
msgstr ""
2553
2554
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:29(p)
2555
msgid ""
2556
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
2557
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
2558
msgstr ""
2559
2560
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(p)
2561
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
2562
msgstr ""
2563
2564
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(p)
2565
msgid ""
2566
"A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"
2567
msgstr ""
2568
2569
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40(p)
2570
msgid ""
2571
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
2572
"→</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the right of the "
2573
"current workspace."
2574
msgstr ""
2575
2576
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44(p)
2577
msgid ""
2578
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
2579
"←</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the left of the "
2580
"current workspace."
2581
msgstr ""
2582
2583
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48(p)
2584
msgid ""
2585
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
2586
"↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace below the current "
2587
"workspace."
2588
msgstr ""
2589
2590
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(p)
2591
msgid ""
2592
"Press "
2593
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
2594
"to move the window to the workspace above the current workspace."
2595
msgstr ""
2596
2597
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:10(desc)
2598
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
2599
msgstr ""
2600
2601
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:24(title)
2602
msgid "Switch between windows"
2603
msgstr ""
2604
2605
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(title)
2606
msgid "From the launcher"
2607
msgstr ""
2608
2609
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(p)
2610
msgid ""
2611
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
2612
"your screen."
2613
msgstr ""
2614
2615
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(p)
2616
msgid ""
2617
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
2618
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
2619
msgstr ""
2620
2621
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:41(p)
2622
msgid ""
2623
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
2624
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
2625
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to it."
2626
msgstr ""
2627
2628
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54(p)
2629
msgid ""
2630
"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
2631
"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have "
2632
"open, with a preview."
2633
msgstr ""
2634
2635
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(p)
2636
msgid ""
2637
"You can continue pressing <key>Tab</key> as many times as you need to reach "
2638
"the window you want."
2639
msgstr ""
2640
2641
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(p)
2642
msgid ""
2643
"To switch to the previous window, hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press "
2644
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> instead."
2645
msgstr ""
2646
2647
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66(p)
2648
msgid ""
2649
"It is also possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse "
2650
"and clicking."
2651
msgstr ""
2652
2653
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:73(p)
2654
msgid ""
2655
"Press <keyseq><key>Windows</key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open "
2656
"windows zoomed out."
2657
msgstr ""
2658
2659
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77(p)
2660
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to it."
2661
msgstr ""
2662
2663
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(desc)
2664
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
2665
msgstr ""
2666
2667
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20(title)
2668
msgid "Window operations and modes"
2669
msgstr ""
2670
2671
#. COMMENT
2672
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
2673
#. <p>Make more task-based. Maybe split up. Overview doesn't seem
2674
#. as useful as it could be. Revisit hide/minimize terminology.
2675
#. 3.0.1.</p>
2676
#. END COMMENT
2677
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:27(p)
2678
msgid ""
2679
"Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
2680
msgstr ""
2681
2682
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(title)
2683
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
2684
msgstr ""
2685
2686
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(title)
2687
msgid "Minimize"
2688
msgstr ""
2689
2690
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(p)
2691
msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"
2692
msgstr ""
2693
2694
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(p)
2695
msgid ""
2696
"Press the button that looks like a \"minus\" sign in the application's "
2697
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
2698
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
2699
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
2700
msgstr ""
2701
2702
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:49(p)
2703
msgid ""
2704
"When you minizize an application, the application window 'disappears' into "
2705
"the <gui>launcher</gui>. The application can be retrieved by opening the "
2706
"<gui>launcher</gui> and clicking on that application's icon, or by pressing "
2707
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>tab</key></keyseq> to cycle through your open "
2708
"applications."
2709
msgstr ""
2710
2711
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(title)
2712
msgid "Close"
2713
msgstr ""
2714
2715
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:61(p)
2716
msgid "To close the window:"
2717
msgstr ""
2718
2719
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:64(p)
2720
msgid ""
2721
"Click the <gui> x </gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
2722
msgstr ""
2723
2724
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:69(p)
2725
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
2726
msgstr ""
2727
2728
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74(p)
2729
msgid ""
2730
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
2731
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
2732
msgstr ""
2733
2734
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:84(title)
2735
msgid "Resize a window"
2736
msgstr ""
2737
2738
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(p)
2739
msgid ""
2740
"To resize a window, your window first needs to be <em>unmaximized</em>."
2741
msgstr ""
2742
2743
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(p)
2744
msgid ""
2745
"The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical "
2746
"direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the "
2747
"window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-"
2748
"pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
2749
msgstr ""
2750
2751
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(p)
2752
msgid ""
2753
"You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse "
2754
"pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-"
2755
"pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the "
2756
"window in the horizontal direction."
2757
msgstr ""
2758
2759
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:99(p)
2760
msgid ""
2761
"To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or "
2762
"bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-"
2763
"pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in "
2764
"the vertical direction."
2765
msgstr ""
2766
2767
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(title)
2768
msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"
2769
msgstr ""
2770
2771
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106(p)
2772
msgid ""
2773
"You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + "
2774
"click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left "
2775
"side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. "
2776
"Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your "
2777
"screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."
2778
msgstr ""
2779
2780
#: C/shell-windows.page:10(desc)
2781
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
2782
msgstr ""
2783
2784
#: C/shell-windows.page:21(title)
2785
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
2786
msgstr ""
2787
2788
#: C/shell-windows.page:23(p)
2789
msgid ""
2790
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
2791
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
2792
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
2793
msgstr ""
2794
2795
#: C/shell-windows.page:25(p)
2796
msgid ""
2797
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
2798
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
2799
"how to use these features."
2800
msgstr ""
2801
2802
#: C/shell-windows.page:48(title)
2803
msgid "Working with windows"
2804
msgstr ""
2805
2806
#: C/shell-windows.page:52(title)
2807
msgid "Working with workspaces"
2808
msgstr ""
2809
2810
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:9(desc)
2811
msgid "Double click on the top title bar."
2812
msgstr ""
2813
2814
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:21(title)
2815
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
2816
msgstr ""
2817
2818
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(p)
2819
msgid "To maximize a window, double-click on the title bar of the window."
2820
msgstr ""
2821
2822
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:28(p)
2823
msgid ""
2824
"Another way to maximize a window is to click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of "
2825
"an application, and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse "
2826
"pointer</gui> touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes "
2827
"highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."
2828
msgstr ""
2829
2830
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:34(p)
2831
msgid ""
2832
"To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title "
2833
"bar</gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. "
2834
"After the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore "
2835
"itself to an unmaximized state."
2836
msgstr ""
2837
2838
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(p)
2839
msgid ""
2840
"Pressing <key>Alt</key> while clicking anywhere in a window will allow you "
2841
"to move the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to click "
2842
"in the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
2843
msgstr ""
2844
2845
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(p)
2846
msgid ""
2847
"You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press "
2848
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, "
2849
"and then press <key>x</key>."
2850
msgstr ""
2851
2852
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(title)
2853
msgid "Overview"
2854
msgstr ""
2855
2856
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(desc)
2857
msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
2858
msgstr ""
2859
2860
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(title)
2861
msgid "Overview of the desktop"
2862
msgstr ""
2863
2864
#: C/shell-overview.page:26(title)
2865
msgid "The Desktop"
2866
msgstr ""
2867
2868
#: C/shell-overview.page:30(title)
2869
msgid "Applications and windows"
2870
msgstr ""
2871
2872
#: C/shell-overview.page:34(title)
2873
msgid "Files and folders"
2874
msgstr ""
2875
2876
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(desc)
2877
msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."
2878
msgstr ""
2879
2880
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(title) C/screen-shot-record.page:52(title)
2881
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
2882
msgstr ""
2883
2884
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(title)
2885
msgid "Using the Dash and the Launcher"
2886
msgstr ""
2887
2888
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(p)
2889
msgid "Tap <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
2890
msgstr ""
2891
2892
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(p)
2893
msgid "Open the <gui>Dash</gui>. Tap again to close."
2894
msgstr ""
2895
2896
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(p)
2897
msgid ""
2898
"The Dash opens with focus on the search box to find applications and files. "
2899
"Using the arrow keys will navigate the results; use <key>Enter</key> to "
2900
"launch."
2901
msgstr ""
2902
2903
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(p)
2904
msgid "Hold <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
2905
msgstr ""
2906
2907
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(p)
2908
msgid "Reveal the <gui>launcher</gui>."
2909
msgstr ""
2910
2911
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(key)
2912
msgid "Meta"
2913
msgstr ""
2914
2915
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(key)
2916
msgid "1"
2917
msgstr ""
2918
2919
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(p)
2920
msgid ""
2921
"Start the first launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. If "
2922
"<key>Shift</key> is also pressed, will open a new window."
2923
msgstr ""
2924
2925
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)
2926
msgid "2"
2927
msgstr ""
2928
2929
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(p)
2930
msgid ""
2931
"Start the second launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. "
2932
"This pattern continues until <keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
2933
"which opens the tenth item."
2934
msgstr ""
2935
2936
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166(key) C/screen-shot-record.page:60(key)
2937
msgid "Alt"
2938
msgstr ""
2939
2940
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(key)
2941
msgid "F1"
2942
msgstr ""
2943
2944
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(p)
2945
msgid ""
2946
"Open the launcher. Use arrow keys to navigate and <key>Enter</key> to start "
2947
"or switch to an application."
2948
msgstr ""
2949
2950
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)
2951
msgid "F2"
2952
msgstr ""
2953
2954
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(p)
2955
msgid ""
2956
"Open the Dash in a special mode to run commands that you type in. Press "
2957
"<key>Enter</key> to run the current command. You can also use the arrow keys "
2958
"to choose a different command and press <key>Enter</key> to run it."
2959
msgstr ""
2960
2961
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(key)
2962
msgid "A"
2963
msgstr ""
2964
2965
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64(p)
2966
msgid "Open the <gui>Applications lens</gui>."
2967
msgstr ""
2968
2969
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(key)
2970
msgid "F"
2971
msgstr ""
2972
2973
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(p)
2974
msgid "Open the <gui>Files and folders lens</gui>."
2975
msgstr ""
2976
2977
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(key)
2978
msgid "T"
2979
msgstr ""
2980
2981
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(p)
2982
msgid "Open the <gui>Trash</gui>."
2983
msgstr ""
2984
2985
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154(key)
2986
msgid "Ctrl"
2987
msgstr ""
2988
2989
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(p)
2990
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app>."
2991
msgstr ""
2992
2993
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(p)
2994
msgid ""
2995
"Reveal the <gui>Application Menu</gui>. "
2996
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F</key></keyseq> opens the <gui>File</gui> menu."
2997
msgstr ""
2998
2999
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(key)
3000
msgid "F10"
3001
msgstr ""
3002
3003
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(p)
3004
msgid ""
3005
"Open the menu. Use the arrow keys to navigate. You can also access the <link "
3006
"xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">indicator menus</link>."
3007
msgstr ""
3008
3009
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(title)
3010
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
3011
msgstr ""
3012
3013
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(key)
3014
msgid "F4"
3015
msgstr ""
3016
3017
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(p)
3018
msgid "Close the current window."
3019
msgstr ""
3020
3021
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(p)
3022
msgid ""
3023
"Maximize the current window. If the window is already maximized, unmaximize "
3024
"it."
3025
msgstr ""
3026
3027
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(key)
3028
msgid "Tab"
3029
msgstr ""
3030
3031
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(p)
3032
msgid ""
3033
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
3034
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
3035
msgstr ""
3036
3037
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(key)
3038
msgid "D"
3039
msgstr ""
3040
3041
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(p)
3042
msgid ""
3043
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
3044
"windows."
3045
msgstr ""
3046
3047
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(key)
3048
msgid "S"
3049
msgstr ""
3050
3051
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(p)
3052
msgid ""
3053
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
3054
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
3055
msgstr ""
3056
3057
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(key)
3058
msgid "W"
3059
msgstr ""
3060
3061
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(p)
3062
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from all workspaces."
3063
msgstr ""
3064
3065
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(key)
3066
msgid "Shift"
3067
msgstr ""
3068
3069
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(key)
3070
msgid "↑"
3071
msgstr ""
3072
3073
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(p)
3074
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
3075
msgstr ""
3076
3077
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(key)
3078
msgid "Arrow keys"
3079
msgstr ""
3080
3081
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123(link)
3082
msgid "Switch between workspaces."
3083
msgstr ""
3084
3085
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127(link)
3086
msgid "Move the current window to a different workspace."
3087
msgstr ""
3088
3089
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(key)
3090
msgid "L"
3091
msgstr ""
3092
3093
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(link)
3094
msgid "Lock the screen."
3095
msgstr ""
3096
3097
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136(title)
3098
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
3099
msgstr ""
3100
3101
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139(p)
3102
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
3103
msgstr ""
3104
3105
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142(key)
3106
msgid "X"
3107
msgstr ""
3108
3109
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143(p)
3110
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
3111
msgstr ""
3112
3113
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146(key)
3114
msgid "C"
3115
msgstr ""
3116
3117
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147(p)
3118
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
3119
msgstr ""
3120
3121
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(key)
3122
msgid "V"
3123
msgstr ""
3124
3125
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151(p)
3126
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
3127
msgstr ""
3128
3129
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154(key)
3130
msgid "Z"
3131
msgstr ""
3132
3133
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(p)
3134
msgid "Undo the last action."
3135
msgstr ""
3136
3137
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160(title)
3138
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
3139
msgstr ""
3140
3141
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162(key) C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166(key) C/screen-shot-record.page:56(key) C/screen-shot-record.page:60(key)
3142
msgid "Print Screen"
3143
msgstr ""
3144
3145
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163(p)
3146
msgid "Take a screenshot."
3147
msgstr ""
3148
3149
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167(p)
3150
msgid "Take a screenshot of the active window."
3151
msgstr ""
3152
3153
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(desc)
3154
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
3155
msgstr ""
3156
3157
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(name)
3158
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
3159
msgstr ""
3160
3161
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:13(email)
3162
msgid "ubuntu@gunnar.cc"
3163
msgstr ""
3164
3165
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(title)
3166
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
3167
msgstr ""
3168
3169
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(title)
3170
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
3171
msgstr ""
3172
3173
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(p)
3174
msgid ""
3175
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
3176
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
3177
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
3178
"someone else. The feature is available to any regular user when logged in."
3179
msgstr ""
3180
3181
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:28(p)
3182
msgid ""
3183
"To launch a guest session, click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top "
3184
"bar</gui> and select <gui>Guest Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for "
3185
"your own session and start the guest session. A guest cannot view the home "
3186
"folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings "
3187
"will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a "
3188
"fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did."
3189
msgstr ""
3190
3191
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:37(title)
3192
msgid "Customization"
3193
msgstr ""
3194
3195
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:39(p)
3196
msgid ""
3197
"The tutorial <link "
3198
"href=\"http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1566078\">Customize Guest "
3199
"Session</link> shows some ways to customize the appearance and behavior."
3200
msgstr ""
3201
3202
#: C/shell-exit.page:11(desc)
3203
msgid ""
3204
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
3205
"so on."
3206
msgstr ""
3207
3208
#: C/shell-exit.page:23(title)
3209
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
3210
msgstr ""
3211
3212
#. COMMENT
3213
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
3214
#. <p>More links would be good.</p>
3215
#. END COMMENT
3216
#: C/shell-exit.page:30(p)
3217
msgid ""
3218
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
3219
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."
3220
msgstr ""
3221
3222
#: C/shell-exit.page:34(title)
3223
msgid "Log out or switch users"
3224
msgstr ""
3225
3226
#: C/shell-exit.page:35(p)
3227
msgid ""
3228
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
3229
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of "
3230
"your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you "
3231
"left it when you log back in."
3232
msgstr ""
3233
3234
#: C/shell-exit.page:39(p)
3235
msgid ""
3236
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
3237
"intro\">session menu</link> at the very right of the top panel and select "
3238
"the appropriate option."
3239
msgstr ""
3240
3241
#: C/shell-exit.page:44(title)
3242
msgid "Lock the screen"
3243
msgstr ""
3244
3245
#: C/shell-exit.page:45(p)
3246
msgid ""
3247
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
3248
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running "
3249
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
3250
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
3251
"amount of time."
3252
msgstr ""
3253
3254
#: C/shell-exit.page:51(p)
3255
msgid ""
3256
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel and "
3257
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
3258
msgstr ""
3259
3260
#: C/shell-exit.page:54(p)
3261
msgid ""
3262
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
3263
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
3264
"to your desktop when they are finished."
3265
msgstr ""
3266
3267
#: C/shell-exit.page:63(title)
3268
msgid "Suspend, shut down, or restart."
3269
msgstr ""
3270
3271
#: C/shell-exit.page:65(p)
3272
msgid ""
3273
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. This saves "
3274
"your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your computer's "
3275
"functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
3276
msgstr ""
3277
3278
#: C/shell-exit.page:69(p)
3279
msgid ""
3280
"To suspend your computer, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel "
3281
"and select <gui>Suspend</gui>. Or, if you have a laptop, simply close the "
3282
"lid. Your computer will automatically suspend when the lid is closed."
3283
msgstr ""
3284
3285
#: C/shell-exit.page:73(p)
3286
msgid ""
3287
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
3288
"the <gui>session menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui> or "
3289
"<gui>Restart</gui>."
3290
msgstr ""
3291
3292
#: C/shell-exit.page:77(p)
3293
msgid ""
3294
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
3295
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
3296
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
3297
msgstr ""
3298
3299
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(desc)
3300
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
3301
msgstr ""
3302
3303
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:19(email)
3304
msgid "ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com"
3305
msgstr ""
3306
3307
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(title)
3308
msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the launcher"
3309
msgstr ""
3310
3311
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(p)
3312
msgid ""
3313
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-"
3314
"terminology\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
3315
msgstr ""
3316
3317
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(p)
3318
msgid ""
3319
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"shell-"
3320
"terminology\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
3321
msgstr ""
3322
3323
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:30(p)
3324
msgid ""
3325
"Alternatively, when an application is running, select the <gui>Keep in "
3326
"Launcher</gui> item in the application's <gui>Quick List</gui>."
3327
msgstr ""
3328
3329
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(p)
3330
msgid ""
3331
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
3332
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
3333
msgstr ""
3334
3335
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(p)
3336
msgid ""
3337
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
3338
"application icon and de-select <gui>Keep in Launcher</gui>."
3339
msgstr ""
3340
3341
#: C/session-loginsound.page:8(desc)
3342
msgid "Disable the sound that plays when you log in."
3343
msgstr ""
3344
3345
#: C/session-loginsound.page:25(title)
3346
msgid "Disable the login sound"
3347
msgstr ""
3348
3349
#: C/session-loginsound.page:26(p)
3350
msgid ""
3351
"When you log in to your computer, a short login sound is played. The exotic-"
3352
"sounding theme was inspired by the African origins of the word "
3353
"<em>Ubuntu</em>. You can easily disable it for yourself or for all users of "
3354
"your computer."
3355
msgstr ""
3356
3357
#: C/session-loginsound.page:31(title)
3358
msgid "Disable the login sound for yourself"
3359
msgstr ""
3360
3361
#: C/session-loginsound.page:32(p) C/session-loginsound.page:39(p)
3362
msgid ""
3363
"Click the icon at the far top right of the screen and select <gui>System "
3364
"Settings</gui>."
3365
msgstr ""
3366
3367
#: C/session-loginsound.page:33(p)
3368
msgid "In the Personal section, select <gui>Startup Applications</gui>."
3369
msgstr ""
3370
3371
#: C/session-loginsound.page:34(p)
3372
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>GNOME Login Sound</gui> option."
3373
msgstr ""
3374
3375
#: C/session-loginsound.page:38(title)
3376
msgid "Disable the login sound for all users"
3377
msgstr ""
3378
3379
#: C/session-loginsound.page:40(p)
3380
msgid "In the System section, select <gui>Login Screen</gui>."
3381
msgstr ""
3382
3383
#: C/session-loginsound.page:41(p)
3384
msgid ""
3385
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password into the popup "
3386
"authentication window."
3387
msgstr ""
3388
3389
#: C/session-loginsound.page:42(p)
3390
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>Play login sound</gui> option."
3391
msgstr ""
3392
3393
#: C/session-language.page:8(desc)
3394
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
3395
msgstr ""
3396
3397
#: C/session-language.page:22(title)
3398
msgid "Change language"
3399
msgstr ""
3400
3401
#. COMMENT
3402
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
3403
#. <p>How do you change the system language, i.e. the language of the
3404
#. login screen or even the boot process?</p>
3405
#. END COMMENT
3406
#: C/session-language.page:30(p)
3407
msgid ""
3408
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
3409
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
3410
msgstr ""
3411
3412
#: C/session-language.page:34(p) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:30(p) C/keyboard-layouts.page:27(p)
3413
msgid ""
3414
"Click the icon at the very right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
3415
"Settings</gui>."
3416
msgstr ""
3417
3418
#: C/session-language.page:35(p)
3419
msgid "In the <em>System</em> section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3420
msgstr ""
3421
3422
#: C/session-language.page:36(p)
3423
msgid "Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
3424
msgstr ""
3425
3426
#: C/session-language.page:37(p)
3427
msgid ""
3428
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
3429
"the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
3430
"out."
3431
msgstr ""
3432
3433
#: C/session-language.page:43(p)
3434
msgid ""
3435
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
3436
"support your language at all."
3437
msgstr ""
3438
3439
#: C/session-language.page:47(p)
3440
msgid ""
3441
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
3442
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
3443
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
3444
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
3445
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
3446
"update the folder names."
3447
msgstr ""
3448
3449
#: C/session-language.page:54(p)
3450
msgid ""
3451
"You find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in <link "
3452
"href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
3453
msgstr ""
3454
3455
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(desc)
3456
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
3457
msgstr ""
3458
3459
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(title)
3460
msgid "Screenshots"
3461
msgstr ""
3462
3463
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(p)
3464
msgid ""
3465
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
3466
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
3467
"example; screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
3468
"and share them on the web."
3469
msgstr ""
3470
3471
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:24(title)
3472
msgid "Take a screenshot"
3473
msgstr ""
3474
3475
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(p)
3476
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
3477
msgstr ""
3478
3479
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28(p)
3480
msgid ""
3481
"Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Take Screenshot</app> tool."
3482
msgstr ""
3483
3484
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(p)
3485
msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
3486
msgstr ""
3487
3488
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(p)
3489
msgid ""
3490
"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
3491
"desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
3492
"current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a "
3493
"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
3494
msgstr ""
3495
3496
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36(p)
3497
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
3498
msgstr ""
3499
3500
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(p)
3501
msgid ""
3502
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
3503
"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
3504
msgstr ""
3505
3506
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(p)
3507
msgid ""
3508
"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
3509
"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
3510
msgstr ""
3511
3512
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:53(p)
3513
msgid "You can also use the following keyboard shortcuts:"
3514
msgstr ""
3515
3516
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(p)
3517
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the entire screen."
3518
msgstr ""
3519
3520
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(p)
3521
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the active window."
3522
msgstr ""
3523
3524
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(desc)
3525
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
3526
msgstr ""
3527
3528
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:15(p) C/printing-streaks.page:17(p) C/printing-setup.page:33(p) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25(p) C/printing-select.page:15(p) C/printing-paperjam.page:17(p) C/printing-order.page:20(p) C/printing-envelopes.page:20(p) C/printing-differentsize.page:19(p) C/printing-cancel-job.page:20(p) C/printing-2sided.page:20(p) C/printing.page:17(p) C/nautilus-views.page:21(p) C/nautilus-preview.page:16(p) C/nautilus-prefs.page:14(p) C/nautilus-list.page:15(p) C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:21(p) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:21(p) C/nautilus-display.page:17(p) C/nautilus-connect.page:16(p) C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:15(p) C/nautilus-behavior.page:21(p) C/mouse-middleclick.page:20(p) C/get-involved.page:16(p) C/files-tilde.page:16(p) C/files-sort.page:15(p) C/files-share.page:18(p) C/files-preview-music.page:17(p) C/files-open.page:20(p) C/files-hidden.page:15(p) C/files-disc-write.page:13(p) C/files-delete.page:20(p) C/files-copy.page:19(p) C/files-browse.page:20(p) C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:15(p) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(p) C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:19(p) C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18(p) C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19(p) C/legal.xml:2(p)
3529
msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
3530
msgstr ""
3531
3532
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(title)
3533
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
3534
msgstr ""
3535
3536
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:21(p)
3537
msgid ""
3538
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
3539
msgstr ""
3540
3541
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:25(p)
3542
msgid ""
3543
"For many programs, you can click <gui>Help</gui> and select <gui>Report a "
3544
"Problem</gui>"
3545
msgstr ""
3546
3547
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26(p)
3548
msgid ""
3549
"For other programs, you can press "
3550
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
3551
"nameofprogram</input>"
3552
msgstr ""
3553
3554
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:28(p)
3555
msgid ""
3556
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
3557
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
3558
msgstr ""
3559
3560
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:32(p)
3561
msgid ""
3562
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
3563
"about the bug. Click <gui>Content of the report</gui> to review the "
3564
"collected information if you wish. Click <gui>Send Report</gui> to continue."
3565
msgstr ""
3566
3567
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:37(p)
3568
msgid ""
3569
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
3570
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
3571
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
3572
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
3573
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
3574
msgstr ""
3575
3576
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:44(p)
3577
msgid ""
3578
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
3579
"summary field."
3580
msgstr ""
3581
3582
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:47(p)
3583
msgid ""
3584
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
3585
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
3586
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
3587
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
3588
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
3589
"to report a new bug</gui>."
3590
msgstr ""
3591
3592
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:53(p)
3593
msgid ""
3594
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
3595
"important that you specify three things:"
3596
msgstr ""
3597
3598
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56(p)
3599
msgid "What you expected to happen"
3600
msgstr ""
3601
3602
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57(p)
3603
msgid "What actually happened"
3604
msgstr ""
3605
3606
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:58(p)
3607
msgid ""
3608
"The minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "
3609
"\"start the program\""
3610
msgstr ""
3611
3612
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61(p)
3613
msgid ""
3614
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
3615
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
3616
msgstr ""
3617
3618
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65(p)
3619
msgid ""
3620
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
3621
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
3622
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
3623
"reporting tool."
3624
msgstr ""
3625
3626
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69(p)
3627
msgid ""
3628
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
3629
"extensive <link "
3630
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
3631
"documentation</link>."
3632
msgstr ""
3633
3634
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(desc)
3635
msgid ""
3636
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
3637
"or clean the print head."
3638
msgstr ""
3639
3640
#: C/printing-streaks.page:12(name) C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11(name) C/music-player-newipod.page:10(name) C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10(name) C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10(name) C/disk-partitions.page:10(name) C/disk-format.page:10(name) C/disk-check.page:10(name) C/disk-capacity.page:10(name) C/disk-benchmark.page:10(name)
3641
msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
3642
msgstr ""
3643
3644
#: C/printing-streaks.page:22(title)
3645
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
3646
msgstr ""
3647
3648
#. COMMENT
3649
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
3650
#. <p>This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed
3651
#. printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back.</p>
3652
#. END COMMENT
3653
#: C/printing-streaks.page:30(p)
3654
msgid ""
3655
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
3656
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
3657
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
3658
msgstr ""
3659
3660
#: C/printing-streaks.page:34(p)
3661
msgid "Fading text or images"
3662
msgstr ""
3663
3664
#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(p)
3665
msgid ""
3666
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
3667
"a new cartridge if necessary."
3668
msgstr ""
3669
3670
#: C/printing-streaks.page:39(p)
3671
msgid "Streaks and lines"
3672
msgstr ""
3673
3674
#: C/printing-streaks.page:40(p)
3675
msgid ""
3676
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-"
3677
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."
3678
msgstr ""
3679
3680
#: C/printing-streaks.page:44(p)
3681
msgid "Wrong colors"
3682
msgstr ""
3683
3684
#: C/printing-streaks.page:45(p)
3685
msgid ""
3686
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
3687
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
3688
msgstr ""
3689
3690
#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(p)
3691
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
3692
msgstr ""
3693
3694
#: C/printing-streaks.page:50(p)
3695
msgid ""
3696
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
3697
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
3698
"details on how to do this."
3699
msgstr ""
3700
3701
#: C/printing-setup.page:9(desc)
3702
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
3703
msgstr ""
3704
3705
#: C/printing-setup.page:21(name) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17(name) C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(name) C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(name) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(name) C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:15(name) C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15(name)
3706
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
3707
msgstr ""
3708
3709
#: C/printing-setup.page:22(email) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(email) C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(email) C/net-firewall-on-off.page:11(email) C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16(email) C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:16(email) C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:16(email)
3710
msgid "stickster@gmail.com"
3711
msgstr ""
3712
3713
#: C/printing-setup.page:29(name) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:21(name) C/net-security-tips.page:15(name) C/display-2monitors.page:9(name) C/disk-benchmark.page:18(name)
3714
msgid "Steven Richards"
3715
msgstr ""
3716
3717
#: C/printing-setup.page:30(email) C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22(email) C/net-security-tips.page:16(email) C/disk-benchmark.page:19(email)
3718
msgid "steven.richardspc@gmail.com"
3719
msgstr ""
3720
3721
#: C/printing-setup.page:38(title)
3722
msgid "Set up a local printer"
3723
msgstr ""
3724
3725
#: C/printing-setup.page:39(p)
3726
msgid ""
3727
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
3728
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
3729
"your computer."
3730
msgstr ""
3731
3732
#: C/printing-setup.page:48(p)
3733
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
3734
msgstr ""
3735
3736
#: C/printing-setup.page:51(p)
3737
msgid ""
3738
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
3739
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
3740
"asked to authenticate to install them."
3741
msgstr ""
3742
3743
#: C/printing-setup.page:54(p)
3744
msgid ""
3745
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
3746
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make "
3747
"additional changes in the printer setup."
3748
msgstr ""
3749
3750
#: C/printing-setup.page:58(p)
3751
msgid ""
3752
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
3753
"settings."
3754
msgstr ""
3755
3756
#: C/printing-setup.page:62(p)
3757
msgid ""
3758
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">session menu</link> at the far "
3759
"right of the top panel and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
3760
msgstr ""
3761
3762
#: C/printing-setup.page:64(p)
3763
msgid "Click <gui>Printing</gui> located under the Hardware tab."
3764
msgstr ""
3765
3766
#: C/printing-setup.page:65(p)
3767
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
3768
msgstr ""
3769
3770
#: C/printing-setup.page:66(p)
3771
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
3772
msgstr ""
3773
3774
#: C/printing-setup.page:67(p)
3775
msgid ""
3776
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
3777
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
3778
msgstr ""
3779
3780
#: C/printing-setup.page:69(p)
3781
msgid ""
3782
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
3783
msgstr ""
3784
3785
#: C/printing-setup.page:73(p)
3786
msgid ""
3787
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
3788
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
3789
"make and model screens."
3790
msgstr ""
3791
3792
#: C/printing-setup.page:78(p)
3793
msgid ""
3794
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
3795
"default-printer\"> change your default printer</link>."
3796
msgstr ""
3797
3798
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9(desc)
3799
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
3800
msgstr ""
3801
3802
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30(title)
3803
msgid "Set the default printer"
3804
msgstr ""
3805
3806
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31(p)
3807
msgid ""
3808
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
3809
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
3810
msgstr ""
3811
3812
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(p)
3813
msgid ""
3814
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Session menu</link> at the far "
3815
"right of the top panel and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
3816
msgstr ""
3817
3818
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(p)
3819
msgid "Click <gui>Printing</gui> under the Hardware category."
3820
msgstr ""
3821
3822
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42(p)
3823
msgid ""
3824
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
3825
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
3826
msgstr ""
3827
3828
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(p)
3829
msgid ""
3830
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
3831
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
3832
msgstr ""
3833
3834
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
3835
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
3836
#: C/printing-select.page:34(None)
3837
msgid ""
3838
"@@image: 'figures/printing-select.png'; md5=e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4"
3839
msgstr ""
3840
3841
#: C/printing-select.page:7(desc)
3842
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
3843
msgstr ""
3844
3845
#: C/printing-select.page:19(title)
3846
msgid "Print only certain pages"
3847
msgstr ""
3848
3849
#: C/printing-select.page:21(p)
3850
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
3851
msgstr ""
3852
3853
#: C/printing-select.page:25(p) C/printing-differentsize.page:29(p)
3854
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
3855
msgstr ""
3856
3857
#: C/printing-select.page:26(p)
3858
msgid ""
3859
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
3860
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
3861
msgstr ""
3862
3863
#: C/printing-select.page:27(p)
3864
msgid ""
3865
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
3866
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
3867
msgstr ""
3868
3869
#: C/printing-select.page:31(p)
3870
msgid ""
3871
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
3872
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
3873
msgstr ""
3874
3875
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:9(desc)
3876
msgid ""
3877
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
3878
"you have."
3879
msgstr ""
3880
3881
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(title)
3882
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
3883
msgstr ""
3884
3885
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(p)
3886
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
3887
msgstr ""
3888
3889
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26(p)
3890
msgid ""
3891
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
3892
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
3893
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
3894
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
3895
msgstr ""
3896
3897
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28(p)
3898
msgid ""
3899
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the <gui>Resume</gui> "
3900
"button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to "
3901
"turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."
3902
msgstr ""
3903
3904
#: C/printing-order.page:8(desc)
3905
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
3906
msgstr ""
3907
3908
#: C/printing-order.page:24(title)
3909
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
3910
msgstr ""
3911
3912
#: C/printing-order.page:27(title)
3913
msgid "Reverse"
3914
msgstr ""
3915
3916
#: C/printing-order.page:30(p)
3917
msgid ""
3918
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
3919
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
3920
"reverse this printing order."
3921
msgstr ""
3922
3923
#: C/printing-order.page:33(p)
3924
msgid "To reverse the order:"
3925
msgstr ""
3926
3927
#: C/printing-order.page:37(p) C/printing-order.page:54(p) C/printing-2sided.page:33(p)
3928
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
3929
msgstr ""
3930
3931
#: C/printing-order.page:38(p)
3932
msgid ""
3933
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
3934
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
3935
msgstr ""
3936
3937
#: C/printing-order.page:43(title)
3938
msgid "Collate"
3939
msgstr ""
3940
3941
#: C/printing-order.page:46(p)
3942
msgid ""
3943
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
3944
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
3945
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
3946
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
3947
"instead."
3948
msgstr ""
3949
3950
#: C/printing-order.page:50(p)
3951
msgid "To Collate:"
3952
msgstr ""
3953
3954
#: C/printing-order.page:55(p)
3955
msgid ""
3956
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
3957
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
3958
msgstr ""
3959
3960
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(desc)
3961
msgid ""
3962
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
3963
"the correct paper size."
3964
msgstr ""
3965
3966
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25(title)
3967
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
3968
msgstr ""
3969
3970
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27(p)
3971
msgid ""
3972
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
3973
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
3974
"example."
3975
msgstr ""
3976
3977
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:30(title)
3978
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
3979
msgstr ""
3980
3981
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32(p)
3982
msgid ""
3983
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
3984
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
3985
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appear, go to the "
3986
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as "
3987
"\"envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
3988
"<gui>paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
3989
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
3990
msgstr ""
3991
3992
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34(p)
3993
msgid ""
3994
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
3995
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
3996
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
3997
"which way is the right way up."
3998
msgstr ""
3999
4000
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:37(p)
4001
msgid ""
4002
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
4003
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
4004
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."
4005
msgstr ""
4006
4007
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(desc)
4008
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
4009
msgstr ""
4010
4011
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:23(title)
4012
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
4013
msgstr ""
4014
4015
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(p)
4016
msgid ""
4017
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
4018
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
4019
"document."
4020
msgstr ""
4021
4022
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30(p)
4023
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
4024
msgstr ""
4025
4026
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(p)
4027
msgid ""
4028
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
4029
"drop-down list."
4030
msgstr ""
4031
4032
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(p)
4033
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
4034
msgstr ""
4035
4036
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:35(p)
4037
msgid ""
4038
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
4039
"orientation:"
4040
msgstr ""
4041
4042
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:40(gui)
4043
msgid "Portrait"
4044
msgstr ""
4045
4046
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:41(gui)
4047
msgid "Landscape"
4048
msgstr ""
4049
4050
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(gui)
4051
msgid "Reverse portrait"
4052
msgstr ""
4053
4054
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(gui)
4055
msgid "Reverse landscape"
4056
msgstr ""
4057
4058
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(desc)
4059
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
4060
msgstr ""
4061
4062
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(title)
4063
msgid "Cancel a print job"
4064
msgstr ""
4065
4066
#. Needs review!
4067
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(p)
4068
msgid ""
4069
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
4070
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on "
4071
"the <gui>top panel</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
4072
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
4073
msgstr ""
4074
4075
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(p)
4076
msgid ""
4077
"If this doesn't cancel the print like you expected, try holding down the "
4078
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
4079
msgstr ""
4080
4081
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:33(p)
4082
msgid ""
4083
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
4084
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
4085
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
4086
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
4087
"and then on again. Be careful that you don't damage the printer when "
4088
"removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to "
4089
"remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
4090
msgstr ""
4091
4092
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(desc)
4093
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
4094
msgstr ""
4095
4096
#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(title)
4097
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
4098
msgstr ""
4099
4100
#: C/printing-2sided.page:27(p)
4101
msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
4102
msgstr ""
4103
4104
#: C/printing-2sided.page:38(p)
4105
msgid ""
4106
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
4107
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
4108
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
4109
msgstr ""
4110
4111
#: C/printing-2sided.page:41(p)
4112
msgid ""
4113
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
4114
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
4115
msgstr ""
4116
4117
#: C/printing-2sided.page:46(p)
4118
msgid ""
4119
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
4120
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
4121
msgstr ""
4122
4123
#: C/printing.page:8(desc)
4124
msgid ""
4125
"Learn about printing and using the more advanced features of your printer."
4126
msgstr ""
4127
4128
#: C/printing.page:21(title) C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(p) C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(p) C/hardware.page:45(title)
4129
msgid "Printing"
4130
msgstr ""
4131
4132
#: C/printing.page:25(title)
4133
msgid "Setup"
4134
msgstr ""
4135
4136
#: C/printing.page:27(title)
4137
msgid "Set up a printer"
4138
msgstr ""
4139
4140
#: C/printing.page:32(title)
4141
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
4142
msgstr ""
4143
4144
#: C/printing.page:34(title)
4145
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
4146
msgstr ""
4147
4148
#: C/printing.page:40(desc)
4149
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
4150
msgstr ""
4151
4152
#: C/printing.page:42(title)
4153
msgid "Printer problems"
4154
msgstr ""
4155
4156
#: C/prefs-display.page:14(desc)
4157
msgid ""
4158
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
4159
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
4160
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
4161
msgstr ""
4162
4163
#: C/prefs-display.page:21(title)
4164
msgid "Display & screen"
4165
msgstr ""
4166
4167
#: C/prefs-language.page:14(desc)
4168
msgid ""
4169
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link "
4170
"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
4171
msgstr ""
4172
4173
#: C/prefs-language.page:21(title)
4174
msgid "Language & region"
4175
msgstr ""
4176
4177
#: C/prefs.page:8(title)
4178
msgid "Settings"
4179
msgstr ""
4180
4181
#: C/prefs.page:15(desc)
4182
msgid ""
4183
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
4184
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
4185
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
4186
"accounts</link>..."
4187
msgstr ""
4188
4189
#: C/prefs.page:24(title)
4190
msgid "User & system settings"
4191
msgstr ""
4192
4193
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(desc)
4194
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
4195
msgstr ""
4196
4197
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(title)
4198
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
4199
msgstr ""
4200
4201
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(p)
4202
msgid ""
4203
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
4204
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
4205
msgstr ""
4206
4207
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:31(title)
4208
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
4209
msgstr ""
4210
4211
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(p)
4212
msgid ""
4213
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
4214
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
4215
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
4216
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
4217
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
4218
msgstr ""
4219
4220
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:36(title)
4221
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
4222
msgstr ""
4223
4224
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(p)
4225
msgid ""
4226
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
4227
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
4228
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
4229
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
4230
msgstr ""
4231
4232
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:41(title)
4233
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
4234
msgstr ""
4235
4236
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(p)
4237
msgid ""
4238
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
4239
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
4240
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
4241
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
4242
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
4243
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
4244
"for repairs."
4245
msgstr ""
4246
4247
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:46(title)
4248
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
4249
msgstr ""
4250
4251
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(p)
4252
msgid ""
4253
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
4254
msgstr ""
4255
4256
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(p)
4257
msgid ""
4258
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
4259
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
4260
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
4261
msgstr ""
4262
4263
#: C/power-whydim.page:9(desc)
4264
msgid ""
4265
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
4266
"computer is idle in order to save power."
4267
msgstr ""
4268
4269
#: C/power-whydim.page:19(title)
4270
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
4271
msgstr ""
4272
4273
#. COMMENT<cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
4274
#. <p>We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating
4275
#. or rethinking how we cross-link them.</p>END COMMENT
4276
#: C/power-whydim.page:25(p)
4277
msgid ""
4278
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
4279
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
4280
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
4281
msgstr ""
4282
4283
#: C/power-whydim.page:27(p)
4284
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
4285
msgstr ""
4286
4287
#: C/power-whydim.page:30(p) C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(p) C/power-closelid.page:32(p) C/net-default-email.page:23(p) C/net-default-browser.page:23(p) C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(p) C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:28(p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32(p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:27(p) C/display-2monitors.page:36(p)
4288
msgid ""
4289
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top panel</gui> and select "
4290
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
4291
msgstr ""
4292
4293
#: C/power-whydim.page:34(p) C/power-turnoffbutton.page:24(p) C/power-closelid.page:35(p) C/display-dimscreen.page:37(p)
4294
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Power Management</gui>."
4295
msgstr ""
4296
4297
#: C/power-whydim.page:38(p)
4298
msgid ""
4299
"Switch to the <gui>On Battery Power</gui> tab and uncheck <gui>Dim display "
4300
"when idle</gui>."
4301
msgstr ""
4302
4303
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(desc)
4304
msgid ""
4305
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the "
4306
"option to change this."
4307
msgstr ""
4308
4309
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:17(title)
4310
msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
4311
msgstr ""
4312
4313
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:19(p)
4314
msgid ""
4315
"When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
4316
"asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send "
4317
"it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens "
4318
"automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this "
4319
"window."
4320
msgstr ""
4321
4322
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:25(p)
4323
msgid "Switch to the <gui>General</gui> tab."
4324
msgstr ""
4325
4326
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:26(p)
4327
msgid ""
4328
"Change the option labeled <gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For "
4329
"example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep "
4330
"when you press the power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
4331
msgstr ""
4332
4333
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:9(desc)
4334
msgid ""
4335
"Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely "
4336
"switches off the power."
4337
msgstr ""
4338
4339
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:20(title)
4340
msgid "What happens when I suspend/hibernate the computer?"
4341
msgstr ""
4342
4343
#. COMMENT
4344
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
4345
#. <p>Marking final for 3.0. Would like a slightly better explanation on what
4346
#. "saved to disk" means for hibernate. As written, could be confused with open
4347
#. files being saved, which they aren't, per se. Link to topics on controlling
4348
#. suspend/hibernate behavior.</p>
4349
#. END COMMENT
4350
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:30(p)
4351
msgid ""
4352
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
4353
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
4354
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
4355
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
4356
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try "
4357
"pressing the power button."
4358
msgstr ""
4359
4360
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:32(p)
4361
msgid ""
4362
"When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and "
4363
"documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer "
4364
"completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting "
4365
"down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch "
4366
"on the computer again."
4367
msgstr ""
4368
4369
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:34(p)
4370
msgid ""
4371
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
4372
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
4373
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your "
4374
"computer to see if it does work."
4375
msgstr ""
4376
4377
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:37(title)
4378
msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
4379
msgstr ""
4380
4381
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(p)
4382
msgid ""
4383
"You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the "
4384
"computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and "
4385
"documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
4386
msgstr ""
4387
4388
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(desc)
4389
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
4390
msgstr ""
4391
4392
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:21(title)
4393
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
4394
msgstr ""
4395
4396
#. COMMENT
4397
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
4398
#. <p>Marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. Marking final for 3.0. Revisit for 3.2</p>
4399
#. END COMMENT
4400
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:28(p)
4401
msgid ""
4402
"If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to "
4403
"wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you "
4404
"expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly "
4405
"by your hardware."
4406
msgstr ""
4407
4408
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:31(title)
4409
msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
4410
msgstr ""
4411
4412
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(p)
4413
msgid ""
4414
"If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or "
4415
"click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your "
4416
"password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold "
4417
"it in; just press it once)."
4418
msgstr ""
4419
4420
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(p)
4421
msgid ""
4422
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
4423
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
4424
msgstr ""
4425
4426
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(p)
4427
msgid ""
4428
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for 5-"
4429
"10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be "
4430
"able to turn on the computer again, though."
4431
msgstr ""
4432
4433
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35(p)
4434
msgid ""
4435
"If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend "
4436
"feature may not work with your hardware."
4437
msgstr ""
4438
4439
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39(title)
4440
msgid ""
4441
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
4442
msgstr ""
4443
4444
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(p)
4445
msgid ""
4446
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
4447
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
4448
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
4449
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
4450
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
4451
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
4452
"instead of hibernating."
4453
msgstr ""
4454
4455
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:42(p)
4456
msgid ""
4457
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
4458
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
4459
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
4460
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, "
4461
"it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
4462
msgstr ""
4463
4464
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(title)
4465
msgid ""
4466
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
4467
"computer"
4468
msgstr ""
4469
4470
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(p)
4471
msgid ""
4472
"If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up "
4473
"again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other "
4474
"device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver "
4475
"doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
4476
"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
4477
msgstr ""
4478
4479
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(p)
4480
msgid ""
4481
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
4482
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
4483
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
4484
"works."
4485
msgstr ""
4486
4487
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:49(p)
4488
msgid ""
4489
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may "
4490
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
4491
msgstr ""
4492
4493
#: C/power.page:11(name)
4494
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
4495
msgstr ""
4496
4497
#: C/power.page:12(email) C/look-resolution.page:18(email) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:16(email) C/look-background.page:22(email) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(email) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:16(email) C/display-dimscreen.page:18(email) C/disk-check.page:15(email) C/disk-capacity.page:15(email) C/disk-benchmark.page:15(email)
4498
msgid "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"
4499
msgstr ""
4500
4501
#: C/power.page:16(desc)
4502
msgid ""
4503
"<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
4504
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
4505
"dimming</link>..."
4506
msgstr ""
4507
4508
#: C/power.page:24(title)
4509
msgid "Power settings"
4510
msgstr ""
4511
4512
#: C/power.page:27(title)
4513
msgid "Battery settings"
4514
msgstr ""
4515
4516
#: C/power.page:31(title)
4517
msgid "Problems"
4518
msgstr ""
4519
4520
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(desc)
4521
msgid ""
4522
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
4523
"travel adapter."
4524
msgstr ""
4525
4526
#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(title)
4527
msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
4528
msgstr ""
4529
4530
#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(p)
4531
msgid ""
4532
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
4533
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
4534
"should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an "
4535
"appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
4536
msgstr ""
4537
4538
#: C/power-othercountry.page:26(p)
4539
msgid ""
4540
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
4541
"your power adapter. Many laptops are delivered with more than one plug for "
4542
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
4543
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
4544
msgstr ""
4545
4546
#: C/power-othercountry.page:28(p)
4547
msgid ""
4548
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
4549
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
4550
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
4551
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
4552
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
4553
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
4554
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
4555
msgstr ""
4556
4557
#: C/power-othercountry.page:31(p)
4558
msgid ""
4559
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
4560
"everything off first if you can."
4561
msgstr ""
4562
4563
#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(desc)
4564
msgid ""
4565
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to "
4566
"sleep and don't wake up again properly."
4567
msgstr ""
4568
4569
#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(title)
4570
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
4571
msgstr ""
4572
4573
#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(p)
4574
msgid ""
4575
"If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you "
4576
"may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake "
4577
"it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-"
4578
"driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. "
4579
"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
4580
"computer wakes up."
4581
msgstr ""
4582
4583
#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(p)
4584
msgid ""
4585
"If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. "
4586
"If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on "
4587
"again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be "
4588
"used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio "
4589
"beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and "
4590
"unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-"
4591
"checking it."
4592
msgstr ""
4593
4594
#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(p)
4595
msgid ""
4596
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless "
4597
"working again."
4598
msgstr ""
4599
4600
#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(desc)
4601
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
4602
msgstr ""
4603
4604
#: C/power-lowpower.page:17(title)
4605
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
4606
msgstr ""
4607
4608
#: C/power-lowpower.page:19(p)
4609
msgid ""
4610
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
4611
"automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents "
4612
"and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the "
4613
"battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If "
4614
"the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down "
4615
"properly either."
4616
msgstr ""
4617
4618
#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(p)
4619
msgid ""
4620
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
4621
"the icon at the very right of the <gui>top panel</gui>, selecting "
4622
"<gui>System Settings</gui>, and then opening the <gui>Power Mangement</gui> "
4623
"settings. Switch to the <gui>On Battery Power</gui> tab. Look at the "
4624
"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
4625
"computer to hibernate or shut down; if you choose shut down, your "
4626
"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
4627
"turn off."
4628
msgstr ""
4629
4630
#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(p)
4631
msgid ""
4632
"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
4633
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
4634
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
4635
"didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
4636
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
4637
msgstr ""
4638
4639
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(desc)
4640
msgid ""
4641
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
4642
"can be damaging."
4643
msgstr ""
4644
4645
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:18(title)
4646
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
4647
msgstr ""
4648
4649
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(p)
4650
msgid ""
4651
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
4652
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
4653
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
4654
"which can potentially cause damage."
4655
msgstr ""
4656
4657
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(p)
4658
msgid ""
4659
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
4660
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
4661
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
4662
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
4663
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
4664
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
4665
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
4666
"cooling."
4667
msgstr ""
4668
4669
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:24(p)
4670
msgid ""
4671
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
4672
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
4673
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
4674
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
4675
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
4676
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
4677
"air fast enough."
4678
msgstr ""
4679
4680
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(p)
4681
msgid ""
4682
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
4683
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
4684
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
4685
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
4686
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
4687
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
4688
msgstr ""
4689
4690
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28(p)
4691
msgid ""
4692
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in "
4693
"order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting "
4694
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
4695
"probably need to get it repaired."
4696
msgstr ""
4697
4698
#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(desc)
4699
msgid ""
4700
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
4701
"hot."
4702
msgstr ""
4703
4704
#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(title)
4705
msgid "Why is the laptop fan always running?"
4706
msgstr ""
4707
4708
#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(p)
4709
msgid ""
4710
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
4711
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
4712
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
4713
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
4714
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
4715
msgstr ""
4716
4717
#: C/power-constantfan.page:23(p)
4718
msgid ""
4719
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
4720
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
4721
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
4722
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
4723
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
4724
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
4725
"your computer."
4726
msgstr ""
4727
4728
#: C/power-constantfan.page:25(p)
4729
msgid ""
4730
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
4731
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
4732
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
4733
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
4734
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
4735
"laptop which may help."
4736
msgstr ""
4737
4738
#: C/power-closelid.page:10(desc)
4739
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
4740
msgstr ""
4741
4742
#: C/power-closelid.page:20(title)
4743
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
4744
msgstr ""
4745
4746
#: C/power-closelid.page:22(p)
4747
msgid ""
4748
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> "
4749
"in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned "
4750
"off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If "
4751
"it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still "
4752
"doesn't work, press the power button."
4753
msgstr ""
4754
4755
#: C/power-closelid.page:24(p)
4756
msgid ""
4757
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
4758
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux "
4759
"drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to "
4760
"wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link "
4761
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can "
4762
"prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
4763
msgstr ""
4764
4765
#: C/power-closelid.page:27(title)
4766
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
4767
msgstr ""
4768
4769
#: C/power-closelid.page:28(p)
4770
msgid ""
4771
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
4772
"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
4773
"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
4774
msgstr ""
4775
4776
#: C/power-closelid.page:38(p)
4777
msgid ""
4778
"To change the setting used when running on AC power, set <gui>When laptop "
4779
"lid is closed</gui> to <gui>blank screen</gui>."
4780
msgstr ""
4781
4782
#: C/power-closelid.page:41(p)
4783
msgid ""
4784
"To change the setting used when running on battery power, switch to the "
4785
"<gui>On Battery Power</gui> tab. Set <gui>When laptop lid is closed</gui> to "
4786
"<gui>blank screen</gui>."
4787
msgstr ""
4788
4789
#: C/power-closelid.page:44(p)
4790
msgid ""
4791
"There are other settings available besides <gui>blank screen</gui> such as "
4792
"<gui>hibernate</gui> or <gui>shutdown</gui>."
4793
msgstr ""
4794
4795
#: C/power-brighter.page:11(desc)
4796
msgid ""
4797
"Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
4798
"change the brightness."
4799
msgstr ""
4800
4801
#: C/power-brighter.page:21(title)
4802
msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
4803
msgstr ""
4804
4805
#: C/power-brighter.page:23(p)
4806
msgid ""
4807
"If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness "
4808
"controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are "
4809
"often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, "
4810
"you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of "
4811
"the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might "
4812
"press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness "
4813
"and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
4814
msgstr ""
4815
4816
#: C/power-brighter.page:25(p)
4817
msgid ""
4818
"You can also change the brightness by clicking the icon at the very right of "
4819
"the <gui>top panel</gui>, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then "
4820
"opening the <gui>Power Management</gui> preferences."
4821
msgstr ""
4822
4823
#: C/power-brighter.page:27(p)
4824
msgid ""
4825
"If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
4826
"monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very "
4827
"much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
4828
"brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen "
4829
"menus."
4830
msgstr ""
4831
4832
#: C/power-brighter.page:29(p)
4833
msgid ""
4834
"If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
4835
"bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or "
4836
"<em>gamma</em> settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to "
4837
"change both of these settings, however."
4838
msgstr ""
4839
4840
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(desc)
4841
msgid ""
4842
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
4843
"cause of this problem."
4844
msgstr ""
4845
4846
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:21(title)
4847
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
4848
msgstr ""
4849
4850
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(p)
4851
msgid ""
4852
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
4853
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
4854
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
4855
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
4856
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
4857
"them in Linux is difficult."
4858
msgstr ""
4859
4860
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(p)
4861
msgid ""
4862
"Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
4863
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
4864
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. "
4865
"If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
4866
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
4867
msgstr ""
4868
4869
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27(p)
4870
msgid ""
4871
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
4872
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
4873
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
4874
"different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more "
4875
"information."
4876
msgstr ""
4877
4878
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(desc)
4879
msgid ""
4880
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
4881
msgstr ""
4882
4883
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(title)
4884
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
4885
msgstr ""
4886
4887
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(p)
4888
msgid ""
4889
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
4890
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
4891
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
4892
"should last longer."
4893
msgstr ""
4894
4895
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:23(p)
4896
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
4897
msgstr ""
4898
4899
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(desc)
4900
msgid "Don't let the battery run down too far."
4901
msgstr ""
4902
4903
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:24(title)
4904
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
4905
msgstr ""
4906
4907
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:26(p)
4908
msgid ""
4909
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
4910
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
4911
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
4912
msgstr ""
4913
4914
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(p)
4915
msgid ""
4916
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
4917
"the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged "
4918
"is more efficient."
4919
msgstr ""
4920
4921
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:33(p)
4922
msgid ""
4923
"Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let "
4924
"the battery get any warmer than it has to."
4925
msgstr ""
4926
4927
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(p)
4928
msgid ""
4929
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
4930
"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
4931
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
4932
msgstr ""
4933
4934
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:41(p)
4935
msgid ""
4936
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
4937
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
4938
msgstr ""
4939
4940
#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(desc)
4941
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
4942
msgstr ""
4943
4944
#: C/power-batterylife.page:25(title)
4945
msgid "How can I use less power and improve battery life?"
4946
msgstr ""
4947
4948
#: C/power-batterylife.page:27(p)
4949
msgid ""
4950
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
4951
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
4952
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
4953
"on battery for."
4954
msgstr ""
4955
4956
#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(title)
4957
msgid "General tips"
4958
msgstr ""
4959
4960
#: C/power-batterylife.page:34(p)
4961
msgid ""
4962
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shut-down\">Suspend your computer</link> when you "
4963
"are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, "
4964
"and it can be woken up very quickly."
4965
msgstr ""
4966
4967
#: C/power-batterylife.page:37(p)
4968
msgid ""
4969
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
4970
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
4971
"faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
4972
msgstr ""
4973
4974
#: C/power-batterylife.page:40(p)
4975
msgid ""
4976
"Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There "
4977
"are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link "
4978
"xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it "
4979
"to sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the "
4980
"display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
4981
"xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you "
4982
"haven't used it for a certain period of time."
4983
msgstr ""
4984
4985
#: C/power-batterylife.page:43(p)
4986
msgid ""
4987
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
4988
"using them."
4989
msgstr ""
4990
4991
#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(title)
4992
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
4993
msgstr ""
4994
4995
#: C/power-batterylife.page:53(p)
4996
msgid ""
4997
"<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; "
4998
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
4999
"consumption."
5000
msgstr ""
5001
5002
#: C/power-batterylife.page:54(p)
5003
msgid ""
5004
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
5005
"can use to reduce the brightness."
5006
msgstr ""
5007
5008
#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(p)
5009
msgid ""
5010
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
5011
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
5012
"which takes quite a bit of power."
5013
msgstr ""
5014
5015
#: C/power-batterylife.page:58(p)
5016
msgid ""
5017
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
5018
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
5019
"turn it on again when you need it."
5020
msgstr ""
5021
5022
#: C/power-batterylife.page:64(title)
5023
msgid "More advanced tips"
5024
msgstr ""
5025
5026
#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(p)
5027
msgid ""
5028
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
5029
"more power when they have more work to do."
5030
msgstr ""
5031
5032
#: C/power-batterylife.page:69(p)
5033
msgid ""
5034
"Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively "
5035
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
5036
"internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact "
5037
"your power consumption."
5038
msgstr ""
5039
5040
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(desc)
5041
msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
5042
msgstr ""
5043
5044
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:24(title)
5045
msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
5046
msgstr ""
5047
5048
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:26(p)
5049
msgid ""
5050
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time "
5051
"remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery "
5052
"<em>actually</em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery "
5053
"life can only be estimated. The estimates should get better over time, "
5054
"though."
5055
msgstr ""
5056
5057
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(p)
5058
msgid ""
5059
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
5060
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
5061
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
5062
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
5063
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
5064
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
5065
msgstr ""
5066
5067
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(p)
5068
msgid ""
5069
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
5070
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
5071
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
5072
msgstr ""
5073
5074
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:32(p)
5075
msgid ""
5076
"As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge "
5077
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
5078
"will never be completely accurate, though."
5079
msgstr ""
5080
5081
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(p)
5082
msgid ""
5083
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
5084
"days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
5085
"make a sensible estimate."
5086
msgstr ""
5087
5088
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(p)
5089
msgid ""
5090
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
5091
"it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the "
5092
"data it needs."
5093
msgstr ""
5094
5095
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:11(desc)
5096
msgid ""
5097
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
5098
msgstr ""
5099
5100
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:22(title)
5101
msgid "Why does it say my battery is broken?"
5102
msgstr ""
5103
5104
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:24(p)
5105
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
5106
msgstr ""
5107
5108
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:26(em)
5109
msgid ""
5110
"Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that "
5111
"it may be old or broken."
5112
msgstr ""
5113
5114
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:29(p)
5115
msgid ""
5116
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
5117
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
5118
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
5119
msgstr ""
5120
5121
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:31(p)
5122
msgid ""
5123
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
5124
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
5125
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
5126
"shown when this happens."
5127
msgstr ""
5128
5129
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(p)
5130
msgid ""
5131
"If your computer/battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding "
5132
"a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may "
5133
"be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
5134
msgstr ""
5135
5136
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(desc)
5137
msgid ""
5138
"Delete the network connection that keeps being connected to accidentally."
5139
msgstr ""
5140
5141
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:22(title)
5142
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
5143
msgstr ""
5144
5145
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:24(p)
5146
msgid ""
5147
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
5148
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
5149
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
5150
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
5151
"following:"
5152
msgstr ""
5153
5154
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:28(p) C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(p)
5155
msgid ""
5156
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Edit "
5157
"Connections</gui>."
5158
msgstr ""
5159
5160
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:32(p)
5161
msgid ""
5162
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
5163
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
5164
msgstr ""
5165
5166
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:36(p)
5167
msgid ""
5168
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
5169
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
5170
msgstr ""
5171
5172
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41(p)
5173
msgid ""
5174
"If you want to connect to the network you just deleted at some point in the "
5175
"future, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears "
5176
"when you click the network menu on the top panel - just as you would connect "
5177
"to any other wireless network."
5178
msgstr ""
5179
5180
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(desc)
5181
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
5182
msgstr ""
5183
5184
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:17(title)
5185
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
5186
msgstr ""
5187
5188
#. COMMENT
5189
#. <p>Explain these terms, and explain wireless security and why it's a good idea.</p>
5190
#. END COMMENT
5191
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23(p)
5192
msgid ""
5193
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
5194
"to secure your wireless connection. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
5195
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 "
5196
"represents the second version of the WPA standard."
5197
msgstr ""
5198
5199
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25(p)
5200
msgid ""
5201
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
5202
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
5203
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
5204
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
5205
"wireless network."
5206
msgstr ""
5207
5208
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11(name) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:13(name)
5209
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
5210
msgstr ""
5211
5212
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(desc) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19(desc) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19(desc) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(desc) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:21(desc)
5213
msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
5214
msgstr ""
5215
5216
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(title) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(link)
5217
msgid "Perform an initial check"
5218
msgstr ""
5219
5220
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(p)
5221
msgid ""
5222
"Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."
5223
msgstr ""
5224
5225
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27(p)
5226
msgid ""
5227
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
5228
"connection."
5229
msgstr ""
5230
5231
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(p)
5232
msgid ""
5233
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or "
5234
"a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your "
5235
"computer."
5236
msgstr ""
5237
5238
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(p)
5239
msgid ""
5240
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that your "
5241
"wireless adapter switch is turned on."
5242
msgstr ""
5243
5244
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(p)
5245
msgid ""
5246
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and make sure that the "
5247
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
5248
msgstr ""
5249
5250
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(p)
5251
msgid ""
5252
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and "
5253
"enter the following command:"
5254
msgstr ""
5255
5256
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(cmd)
5257
msgid "nm-tool"
5258
msgstr ""
5259
5260
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(p)
5261
msgid ""
5262
"The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network "
5263
"hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection "
5264
"section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your "
5265
"wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."
5266
msgstr ""
5267
5268
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:37(p)
5269
msgid ""
5270
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
5271
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
5272
"Service Provider (ISP) may be experiencing some technical problems. Review "
5273
"your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."
5274
msgstr ""
5275
5276
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(p)
5277
msgid ""
5278
"If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you "
5279
"were connected to the network, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
5280
"troubleshooting-hardware-info\">next portion</link> of the troubleshooting "
5281
"guide."
5282
msgstr ""
5283
5284
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(title) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(link)
5285
msgid "Gather information about your hardware"
5286
msgstr ""
5287
5288
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24(p)
5289
msgid ""
5290
"To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and "
5291
"some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect "
5292
"what you can:"
5293
msgstr ""
5294
5295
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:26(p)
5296
msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
5297
msgstr ""
5298
5299
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(p)
5300
msgid ""
5301
"The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for "
5302
"your router)"
5303
msgstr ""
5304
5305
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(p)
5306
msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"
5307
msgstr ""
5308
5309
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(p)
5310
msgid ""
5311
"If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for "
5312
"downloading software and drivers"
5313
msgstr ""
5314
5315
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(p)
5316
msgid ""
5317
"It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just "
5318
"collect what you can:"
5319
msgstr ""
5320
5321
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:34(p)
5322
msgid ""
5323
"The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"
5324
msgstr ""
5325
5326
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(p)
5327
msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
5328
msgstr ""
5329
5330
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(p)
5331
msgid ""
5332
"Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. "
5333
"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
5334
msgstr ""
5335
5336
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:37(p)
5337
msgid ""
5338
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the "
5339
"components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by "
5340
"firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."
5341
msgstr ""
5342
5343
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39(p)
5344
msgid ""
5345
"Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the "
5346
"upper-right portion of this page to continue."
5347
msgstr ""
5348
5349
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(title) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(link)
5350
msgid "Check your hardware"
5351
msgstr ""
5352
5353
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24(p)
5354
msgid "Let's see if your computer recognizes your wireless adapter."
5355
msgstr ""
5356
5357
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26(p)
5358
msgid ""
5359
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."
5360
msgstr ""
5361
5362
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:27(p)
5363
msgid ""
5364
"If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program "
5365
"on your computer; you can install it by typing <code>sudo apt-get install "
5366
"lshw</code> in a terminal."
5367
msgstr ""
5368
5369
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28(p)
5370
msgid ""
5371
"Read the output from the command, and check for the <em>Wireless "
5372
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output "
5373
"should look similar to this:"
5374
msgstr ""
5375
5376
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49(p)
5377
msgid ""
5378
"If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-"
5379
"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."
5380
msgstr ""
5381
5382
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(p)
5383
msgid ""
5384
"If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate "
5385
"the hardware information."
5386
msgstr ""
5387
5388
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(title)
5389
msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
5390
msgstr ""
5391
5392
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54(p)
5393
msgid ""
5394
"Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you "
5395
"need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your "
5396
"adapter."
5397
msgstr ""
5398
5399
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(p)
5400
msgid ""
5401
"The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to "
5402
"the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use "
5403
"with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
5404
msgstr ""
5405
5406
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(p)
5407
msgid ""
5408
"Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within "
5409
"the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and "
5410
"are more common on older laptops."
5411
msgstr ""
5412
5413
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(title)
5414
msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
5415
msgstr ""
5416
5417
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(p)
5418
msgid ""
5419
"To check if your computer can recognizes your PCI wireless adapter, enter "
5420
"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
5421
"list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
5422
msgstr ""
5423
5424
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(p)
5425
msgid ""
5426
"Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and "
5427
"model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI "
5428
"device listing may look like:"
5429
msgstr ""
5430
5431
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(p) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73(p)
5432
msgid ""
5433
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
5434
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
5435
"Drivers</link> page. If the above command does not show any output related "
5436
"to your wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."
5437
msgstr ""
5438
5439
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:67(title)
5440
msgid "Checking for a USB device"
5441
msgstr ""
5442
5443
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:68(p)
5444
msgid ""
5445
"To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter "
5446
"<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
5447
"list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
5448
msgstr ""
5449
5450
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:69(p)
5451
msgid ""
5452
"Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model "
5453
"number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the "
5454
"<cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
5455
msgstr ""
5456
5457
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(title)
5458
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
5459
msgstr ""
5460
5461
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(p)
5462
msgid ""
5463
"To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the "
5464
"following steps:"
5465
msgstr ""
5466
5467
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79(p)
5468
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
5469
msgstr ""
5470
5471
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(p)
5472
msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
5473
msgstr ""
5474
5475
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(p)
5476
msgid ""
5477
"When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following "
5478
"command:"
5479
msgstr ""
5480
5481
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(cmd)
5482
msgid "sudo tail -f /var/log/messages"
5483
msgstr ""
5484
5485
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(p)
5486
msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
5487
msgstr ""
5488
5489
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84(p)
5490
msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
5491
msgstr ""
5492
5493
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(p)
5494
msgid ""
5495
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
5496
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
5497
"Drivers</link> page."
5498
msgstr ""
5499
5500
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(p)
5501
msgid ""
5502
"If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean "
5503
"that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by "
5504
"your operating system."
5505
msgstr ""
5506
5507
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(p)
5508
msgid ""
5509
"To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your "
5510
"operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a "
5511
"message to an appropriate mailing list."
5512
msgstr ""
5513
5514
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:12(title) C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:43(link)
5515
msgid "Check your device drivers"
5516
msgstr ""
5517
5518
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:15(title)
5519
msgid "Check for automatically loaded drivers"
5520
msgstr ""
5521
5522
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(p)
5523
msgid ""
5524
"Your device may already be supported with a preinstalled driver. To check if "
5525
"a driver was automatically loaded, run <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>. Look "
5526
"in the line that begins with <gui>configuration:</gui> for the word "
5527
"<em>driver</em>. If this exists, a driver has already been installed and "
5528
"loaded."
5529
msgstr ""
5530
5531
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23(p)
5532
msgid ""
5533
"If you are not running the most recent kernel, update your system first. "
5534
"Drivers, especially wireless, are constantly being added and modified. You "
5535
"can do this by clicking on the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">session "
5536
"menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the System section, "
5537
"click <gui>Update Manager</gui>."
5538
msgstr ""
5539
5540
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:32(title)
5541
msgid "Find additional Linux drivers"
5542
msgstr ""
5543
5544
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:33(p)
5545
msgid ""
5546
"You can check for additional Linux drivers in the following locations:"
5547
msgstr ""
5548
5549
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(p)
5550
msgid ""
5551
"Check for a driver by clicking the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
5552
"intro\">session menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the "
5553
"Hardware section, click <gui>Additional Drivers</gui>. Wait a moment for "
5554
"Ubuntu to update its database."
5555
msgstr ""
5556
5557
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(p)
5558
msgid ""
5559
"Many of the drivers found in <app>Additional Drivers</app> are proprietary "
5560
"and the source code isn't freely available. Therefore, Linux community "
5561
"developers are unable to fix any security or functionality problems in the "
5562
"driver. These drivers also cannot be installed automatically as part of "
5563
"Ubuntu. If you are willing to accept this limitation, activate the driver."
5564
msgstr ""
5565
5566
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:50(p)
5567
msgid "Search your card manufacturer's website for a Linux driver."
5568
msgstr ""
5569
5570
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:56(title)
5571
msgid "Use Ndiswrapper for cards without a Linux driver"
5572
msgstr ""
5573
5574
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57(p)
5575
msgid ""
5576
"If you find your card does not have a Linux driver you could try "
5577
"<app>ndiswrapper</app>."
5578
msgstr ""
5579
5580
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:62(p)
5581
msgid ""
5582
"Check the <link "
5583
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/\">device "
5584
"database</link> to see if your card is supported by ndiswrapper."
5585
msgstr ""
5586
5587
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:68(p)
5588
msgid ""
5589
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
5590
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
5591
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
5592
msgstr ""
5593
5594
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:78(title)
5595
msgid "Check Driver"
5596
msgstr ""
5597
5598
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:79(p)
5599
msgid ""
5600
"If you ran <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and saw a driver bound to the device "
5601
"then let's test to make sure it's communicating with the kernel. You can "
5602
"also go back to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-"
5603
"check\">Initial Check page</link> to check for any signs of connectivity."
5604
msgstr ""
5605
5606
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:86(p)
5607
msgid ""
5608
"Run <cmd>sudo lsmod</cmd> to see if the driver is loaded. Look for the "
5609
"driver name that was listed in the \"configuration\" line output of lshw."
5610
msgstr ""
5611
5612
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:92(p)
5613
msgid ""
5614
"If you did not see the driver module in the list then use <cmd>sudo "
5615
"modprobe</cmd> to load it."
5616
msgstr ""
5617
5618
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:99(p)
5619
msgid ""
5620
"Run <cmd>sudo iwconfig</cmd>. If you see output like in the example in the "
5621
"command section then the driver is at least identifying the device as a "
5622
"wireless device to the kernel."
5623
msgstr ""
5624
5625
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:104(p)
5626
msgid ""
5627
"Run the command <cmd>sudo iwlist scan</cmd> to scan for a wireless access "
5628
"point. If an access point is identified, the card is probably working "
5629
"properly as it can complete a wireless interface task."
5630
msgstr ""
5631
5632
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:113(p)
5633
msgid ""
5634
"To find more information about all the commands used in this guide, click "
5635
"<link "
5636
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessTroubleShootingGuid"
5637
"e/Commands\">here</link>."
5638
msgstr ""
5639
5640
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24(title)
5641
msgid "Resolve problems with wireless connections"
5642
msgstr ""
5643
5644
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26(p)
5645
msgid ""
5646
"This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with "
5647
"accessing a wireless network."
5648
msgstr ""
5649
5650
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28(p)
5651
msgid ""
5652
"Due to the technical nature of troubleshooting network problems, this guide "
5653
"contains some commands that will need to be entered into a "
5654
"<app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do "
5655
"not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."
5656
msgstr ""
5657
5658
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(p)
5659
msgid ""
5660
"We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the "
5661
"internet:"
5662
msgstr ""
5663
5664
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:51(p)
5665
msgid ""
5666
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link in the upper-right portion "
5667
"of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
5668
"through each step in the guide."
5669
msgstr ""
5670
5671
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(desc)
5672
msgid ""
5673
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Connect "
5674
"to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
5675
msgstr ""
5676
5677
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(title)
5678
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
5679
msgstr ""
5680
5681
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(p)
5682
msgid ""
5683
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
5684
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
5685
"click the network menu in the top panel (nor will they appear in the list of "
5686
"wireless networks on any other computer)."
5687
msgstr ""
5688
5689
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(p)
5690
msgid ""
5691
"To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
5692
"on the top panel and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. "
5693
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
5694
"wireless security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
5695
msgstr ""
5696
5697
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29(p)
5698
msgid ""
5699
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to "
5700
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
5701
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
5702
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
5703
msgstr ""
5704
5705
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(p)
5706
msgid ""
5707
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look "
5708
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
5709
msgstr ""
5710
5711
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(p)
5712
msgid ""
5713
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
5714
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
5715
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
5716
"detectable."
5717
msgstr ""
5718
5719
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:15(desc)
5720
msgid ""
5721
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
5722
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
5723
msgstr ""
5724
5725
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:18(title)
5726
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
5727
msgstr ""
5728
5729
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(p)
5730
msgid ""
5731
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
5732
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
5733
"icon on the top bar."
5734
msgstr ""
5735
5736
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:24(p)
5737
msgid ""
5738
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
5739
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
5740
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
5741
msgstr ""
5742
5743
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:28(p)
5744
msgid ""
5745
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
5746
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
5747
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
5748
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
5749
msgstr ""
5750
5751
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:32(p)
5752
msgid ""
5753
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
5754
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
5755
msgstr ""
5756
5757
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:36(p)
5758
msgid ""
5759
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
5760
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
5761
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
5762
msgstr ""
5763
5764
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:40(p)
5765
msgid ""
5766
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
5767
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
5768
msgstr ""
5769
5770
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:18(desc)
5771
msgid ""
5772
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
5773
"properly."
5774
msgstr ""
5775
5776
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:21(title)
5777
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
5778
msgstr ""
5779
5780
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:23(p)
5781
msgid ""
5782
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
5783
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
5784
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
5785
"top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
5786
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
5787
msgstr ""
5788
5789
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(title)
5790
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
5791
msgstr ""
5792
5793
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:28(p)
5794
msgid ""
5795
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
5796
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
5797
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
5798
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
5799
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
5800
msgstr ""
5801
5802
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:30(p)
5803
msgid ""
5804
"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
5805
"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
5806
msgstr ""
5807
5808
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:35(title)
5809
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
5810
msgstr ""
5811
5812
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:37(p)
5813
msgid ""
5814
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
5815
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. "
5816
"This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in "
5817
"connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was "
5818
"unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
5819
msgstr ""
5820
5821
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:39(p)
5822
msgid ""
5823
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
5824
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
5825
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
5826
msgstr ""
5827
5828
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:44(title)
5829
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
5830
msgstr ""
5831
5832
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46(p)
5833
msgid ""
5834
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
5835
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
5836
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
5837
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
5838
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
5839
"very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."
5840
msgstr ""
5841
5842
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:51(title)
5843
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
5844
msgstr ""
5845
5846
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:53(p)
5847
msgid ""
5848
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
5849
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
5850
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
5851
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
5852
msgstr ""
5853
5854
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(name) C/net-wireless.page:20(name) C/net-wired.page:16(name) C/net-security.page:16(name) C/net-problem.page:16(name) C/net-general.page:18(name) C/net-email.page:15(name) C/net-chat.page:19(name) C/net-browser.page:17(name)
5855
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
5856
msgstr ""
5857
5858
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(desc)
5859
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
5860
msgstr ""
5861
5862
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(title)
5863
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
5864
msgstr ""
5865
5866
#. COMMENT
5867
#. <p>Quick procedure for connecting to a wireless network. Link to other pages explaining problems/things that could go wrong at each step. Remember the net-wireless-hidden topic should be linked in</p>
5868
#. END COMMENT
5869
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(p)
5870
msgid "Here is how to connect to a wireless network:"
5871
msgstr ""
5872
5873
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(p)
5874
msgid ""
5875
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
5876
"is turned on."
5877
msgstr ""
5878
5879
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(p)
5880
msgid ""
5881
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and look for "
5882
"your desired network."
5883
msgstr ""
5884
5885
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35(p)
5886
msgid "Select the name of your wireless network."
5887
msgstr ""
5888
5889
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(p)
5890
msgid ""
5891
"If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More "
5892
"Networks</gui> to see additional network names."
5893
msgstr ""
5894
5895
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(p)
5896
msgid ""
5897
"If the network is protected by a password or encryption key, you will be "
5898
"asked for a <gui>Key</gui>. Enter the password or encryption key, and click "
5899
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
5900
msgstr ""
5901
5902
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41(p)
5903
msgid ""
5904
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
5905
"to the network."
5906
msgstr ""
5907
5908
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(p)
5909
msgid ""
5910
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
5911
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. "
5912
"Fewer bars indicate a weaker connection to the network."
5913
msgstr ""
5914
5915
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46(p)
5916
msgid ""
5917
"A stronger connection to the network does not necessarily mean that you have "
5918
"a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds."
5919
msgstr ""
5920
5921
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48(p)
5922
msgid ""
5923
"Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
5924
"sometimes be problems."
5925
msgstr ""
5926
5927
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49(p)
5928
msgid ""
5929
"If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the "
5930
"other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" "
5931
"links at the bottom of this page."
5932
msgstr ""
5933
5934
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(desc)
5935
msgid "Click the network menu on the top panel and uncheck Enable Wireless."
5936
msgstr ""
5937
5938
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22(title)
5939
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
5940
msgstr ""
5941
5942
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(p)
5943
msgid ""
5944
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
5945
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
5946
"also want to switch off your wireless to save power."
5947
msgstr ""
5948
5949
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26(p)
5950
msgid ""
5951
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and uncheck "
5952
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
5953
"until you switch it back on again."
5954
msgstr ""
5955
5956
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28(p)
5957
msgid ""
5958
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
5959
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
5960
"it."
5961
msgstr ""
5962
5963
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30(p)
5964
msgid ""
5965
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
5966
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
5967
msgstr ""
5968
5969
#: C/net-wireless.page:12(desc)
5970
msgid ""
5971
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
5972
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
5973
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
5974
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>..."
5975
msgstr ""
5976
5977
#: C/net-wireless.page:25(title)
5978
msgid "Wireless Networking"
5979
msgstr ""
5980
5981
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(desc)
5982
msgid ""
5983
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
5984
"network cable."
5985
msgstr ""
5986
5987
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:17(title)
5988
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
5989
msgstr ""
5990
5991
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19(p)
5992
msgid ""
5993
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
5994
"network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few "
5995
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
5996
msgstr ""
5997
5998
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21(p)
5999
msgid ""
6000
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
6001
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
6002
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should "
6003
"be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the "
6004
"network setup you have)."
6005
msgstr ""
6006
6007
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:24(p)
6008
msgid ""
6009
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
6010
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
6011
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
6012
msgstr ""
6013
6014
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:27(p)
6015
msgid ""
6016
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-"
6017
"up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure "
6018
"it manually</link>."
6019
msgstr ""
6020
6021
#: C/net-wired.page:10(desc)
6022
msgid ""
6023
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
6024
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">fixed IP addresses</link>..."
6025
msgstr ""
6026
6027
#: C/net-wired.page:21(title)
6028
msgid "Wired Networking"
6029
msgstr ""
6030
6031
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13(desc)
6032
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
6033
msgstr ""
6034
6035
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:16(title)
6036
msgid "What is an IP address?"
6037
msgstr ""
6038
6039
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(p)
6040
msgid ""
6041
"IP address stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
6042
"that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."
6043
msgstr ""
6044
6045
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(p)
6046
msgid ""
6047
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
6048
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
6049
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
6050
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
6051
msgstr ""
6052
6053
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(p)
6054
msgid ""
6055
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
6056
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
6057
msgstr ""
6058
6059
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(p)
6060
msgid ""
6061
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
6062
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the "
6063
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
6064
"addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are "
6065
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
6066
"administering a server."
6067
msgstr ""
6068
6069
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:14(desc)
6070
msgid "Connect to a private local network over the internet."
6071
msgstr ""
6072
6073
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:17(title)
6074
msgid "Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)"
6075
msgstr ""
6076
6077
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(p)
6078
msgid ""
6079
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
6080
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
6081
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
6082
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
6083
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
6084
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
6085
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
6086
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
6087
"without logging in."
6088
msgstr ""
6089
6090
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(p)
6091
msgid ""
6092
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
6093
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
6094
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
6095
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
6096
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
6097
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
6098
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
6099
"Software Center</app>."
6100
msgstr ""
6101
6102
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24(p)
6103
msgid ""
6104
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
6105
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
6106
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
6107
"different instructions to get that working."
6108
msgstr ""
6109
6110
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:27(p)
6111
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
6112
msgstr ""
6113
6114
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:31(p)
6115
msgid ""
6116
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and, under <gui>VPN "
6117
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
6118
msgstr ""
6119
6120
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:35(p)
6121
msgid ""
6122
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
6123
msgstr ""
6124
6125
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:39(p)
6126
msgid ""
6127
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
6128
"details like your username and password as you go."
6129
msgstr ""
6130
6131
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:43(p)
6132
msgid ""
6133
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
6134
"on the top panel, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
6135
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
6136
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
6137
msgstr ""
6138
6139
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:47(p)
6140
msgid ""
6141
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
6142
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
6143
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
6144
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
6145
msgstr ""
6146
6147
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:51(p)
6148
msgid ""
6149
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
6150
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
6151
msgstr ""
6152
6153
#: C/net-slow.page:13(desc)
6154
msgid ""
6155
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
6156
"could be the time of day."
6157
msgstr ""
6158
6159
#: C/net-slow.page:16(title)
6160
msgid "The internet seems slow"
6161
msgstr ""
6162
6163
#: C/net-slow.page:18(p)
6164
msgid ""
6165
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
6166
"things could be causing the slow down."
6167
msgstr ""
6168
6169
#: C/net-slow.page:20(p)
6170
msgid ""
6171
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
6172
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
6173
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
6174
msgstr ""
6175
6176
#: C/net-slow.page:24(p)
6177
msgid "Busy time of day"
6178
msgstr ""
6179
6180
#: C/net-slow.page:25(p)
6181
msgid ""
6182
"Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they "
6183
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
6184
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
6185
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
6186
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
6187
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
6188
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
6189
"evenings, for example)."
6190
msgstr ""
6191
6192
#: C/net-slow.page:29(p)
6193
msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
6194
msgstr ""
6195
6196
#: C/net-slow.page:30(p)
6197
msgid ""
6198
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
6199
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
6200
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
6201
msgstr ""
6202
6203
#: C/net-slow.page:34(p)
6204
msgid "Unreliable connection"
6205
msgstr ""
6206
6207
#: C/net-slow.page:35(p)
6208
msgid ""
6209
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
6210
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
6211
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
6212
msgstr ""
6213
6214
#: C/net-slow.page:39(p)
6215
msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
6216
msgstr ""
6217
6218
#: C/net-slow.page:40(p)
6219
msgid ""
6220
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
6221
"menu on the top panel to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
6222
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
6223
msgstr ""
6224
6225
#: C/net-slow.page:44(p)
6226
msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
6227
msgstr ""
6228
6229
#: C/net-slow.page:45(p)
6230
msgid ""
6231
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
6232
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
6233
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
6234
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
6235
"like GPRS."
6236
msgstr ""
6237
6238
#: C/net-slow.page:49(p)
6239
msgid "Web browser has a problem"
6240
msgstr ""
6241
6242
#: C/net-slow.page:50(p)
6243
msgid ""
6244
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This "
6245
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which "
6246
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
6247
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
6248
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
6249
msgstr ""
6250
6251
#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(desc)
6252
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
6253
msgstr ""
6254
6255
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(title)
6256
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
6257
msgstr ""
6258
6259
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(p)
6260
msgid ""
6261
"A reason why you may be using Linux is for the robust security that it is "
6262
"known for. One reason Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is "
6263
"due to the number of people that use it. Viruses are targeted at popular "
6264
"operating systems like Windows that have an extremely massive user base. "
6265
"Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature which allows experts "
6266
"to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
6267
msgstr ""
6268
6269
#: C/net-security-tips.page:29(p)
6270
msgid ""
6271
"Despite the measures taken to ensure your installation of Linux is secure, "
6272
"there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you are "
6273
"still susceptible to:"
6274
msgstr ""
6275
6276
#: C/net-security-tips.page:33(p)
6277
msgid ""
6278
"Phishing Scams (Sites that try to obtain sensitive information through "
6279
"deception)"
6280
msgstr ""
6281
6282
#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(link)
6283
msgid "Forwarding malicious emails"
6284
msgstr ""
6285
6286
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(link)
6287
msgid "Applications with malicious intents (Viruses)"
6288
msgstr ""
6289
6290
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(link)
6291
msgid "Unwarranted remote/local network access"
6292
msgstr ""
6293
6294
#: C/net-security-tips.page:39(p)
6295
msgid ""
6296
"To stay safe from malicious exploits, keep in mind the following tips:"
6297
msgstr ""
6298
6299
#: C/net-security-tips.page:42(p)
6300
msgid ""
6301
"Do not open emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
6302
"not know."
6303
msgstr ""
6304
6305
#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(p)
6306
msgid ""
6307
"If a website's offer is too good to be true or asks for sensitive "
6308
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what you are "
6309
"submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised "
6310
"by identity thieves or other criminals."
6311
msgstr ""
6312
6313
#: C/net-security-tips.page:46(p)
6314
msgid ""
6315
"Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially "
6316
"ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. "
6317
"Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at "
6318
"high risk to exploitation."
6319
msgstr ""
6320
6321
#: C/net-security-tips.page:49(p)
6322
msgid ""
6323
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having "
6324
"<app>SSH</app> or <app>VNC</app> running can be useful but also leaves your "
6325
"computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link "
6326
"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off.page\">firewall</link> to help protect your "
6327
"computer from intrusion."
6328
msgstr ""
6329
6330
#: C/net-security.page:10(desc)
6331
msgid ""
6332
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
6333
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
6334
msgstr ""
6335
6336
#: C/net-security.page:21(title)
6337
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
6338
msgstr ""
6339
6340
#: C/net-proxy.page:14(desc)
6341
msgid ""
6342
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
6343
"purposes."
6344
msgstr ""
6345
6346
#: C/net-proxy.page:17(title)
6347
msgid "What is a proxy?"
6348
msgstr ""
6349
6350
#: C/net-proxy.page:19(p)
6351
msgid ""
6352
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly "
6353
"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites "
6354
"you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, "
6355
"or to do security checks on websites."
6356
msgstr ""
6357
6358
#: C/net-proxy.page:21(p)
6359
msgid ""
6360
"When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through "
6361
"the proxy first before reaching your computer. For example, the proxy may "
6362
"scan the contents of the website and decide whether to display it or whether "
6363
"to show you a different page."
6364
msgstr ""
6365
6366
#: C/net-proxy.page:23(p)
6367
msgid ""
6368
"An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
6369
"student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a "
6370
"website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will "
6371
"then log in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look "
6372
"at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not "
6373
"know the password and be unable to browse the web. This stops unauthorized "
6374
"people from using the connection."
6375
msgstr ""
6376
6377
#: C/net-problem.page:10(desc)
6378
msgid ""
6379
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
6380
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Finding your wifi "
6381
"network</link>,"
6382
msgstr ""
6383
6384
#: C/net-problem.page:21(title)
6385
msgid "Network problems"
6386
msgstr ""
6387
6388
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:13(desc)
6389
msgid ""
6390
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
6391
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
6392
msgstr ""
6393
6394
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:16(title)
6395
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
6396
msgstr ""
6397
6398
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:18(p)
6399
msgid ""
6400
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
6401
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
6402
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
6403
msgstr ""
6404
6405
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:22(p)
6406
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
6407
msgstr ""
6408
6409
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:23(p)
6410
msgid ""
6411
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
6412
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
6413
"wrong."
6414
msgstr ""
6415
6416
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:27(p)
6417
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
6418
msgstr ""
6419
6420
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:28(p)
6421
msgid ""
6422
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
6423
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you "
6424
"have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing "
6425
"the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless "
6426
"security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select "
6427
"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for "
6428
"a WEP-encrypted connection)."
6429
msgstr ""
6430
6431
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:32(p)
6432
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
6433
msgstr ""
6434
6435
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:33(p)
6436
msgid ""
6437
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
6438
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
6439
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
6440
msgstr ""
6441
6442
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:37(p)
6443
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
6444
msgstr ""
6445
6446
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:38(p)
6447
msgid ""
6448
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
6449
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
6450
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
6451
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
6452
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
6453
msgstr ""
6454
6455
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:42(p)
6456
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
6457
msgstr ""
6458
6459
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:43(p)
6460
msgid ""
6461
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
6462
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
6463
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
6464
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
6465
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
6466
"more information."
6467
msgstr ""
6468
6469
#: C/net.page:19(desc)
6470
msgid ""
6471
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
6472
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
6473
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
6474
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
6475
"messaging</link>..."
6476
msgstr ""
6477
6478
#: C/net.page:29(title)
6479
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
6480
msgstr ""
6481
6482
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:13(desc)
6483
msgid ""
6484
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
6485
"connection settings."
6486
msgstr ""
6487
6488
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:16(title)
6489
msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
6490
msgstr ""
6491
6492
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:18(p)
6493
msgid ""
6494
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
6495
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
6496
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
6497
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
6498
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
6499
msgstr ""
6500
6501
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:20(p)
6502
msgid ""
6503
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
6504
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
6505
"connection."
6506
msgstr ""
6507
6508
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:22(p)
6509
msgid ""
6510
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
6511
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> available to everyone on the "
6512
"computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
6513
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
6514
"the connection."
6515
msgstr ""
6516
6517
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:25(title)
6518
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
6519
msgstr ""
6520
6521
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:27(p) C/net-othersconnect.page:26(p) C/net-manual.page:24(p) C/net-adhoc.page:62(p)
6522
msgid ""
6523
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and click <gui>Edit "
6524
"Connections</gui>."
6525
msgstr ""
6526
6527
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:31(p)
6528
msgid ""
6529
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
6530
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
6531
msgstr ""
6532
6533
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:35(p)
6534
msgid ""
6535
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
6536
"admin users can do this."
6537
msgstr ""
6538
6539
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:39(p)
6540
msgid ""
6541
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
6542
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
6543
msgstr ""
6544
6545
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(desc)
6546
msgid "Make your network connection available to all users."
6547
msgstr ""
6548
6549
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:18(title)
6550
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
6551
msgstr ""
6552
6553
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20(p)
6554
msgid ""
6555
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
6556
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
6557
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
6558
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
6559
msgstr ""
6560
6561
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:22(p)
6562
msgid ""
6563
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
6564
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
6565
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
6566
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
6567
msgstr ""
6568
6569
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:30(p)
6570
msgid ""
6571
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
6572
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
6573
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
6574
msgstr ""
6575
6576
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:34(p)
6577
msgid ""
6578
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
6579
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
6580
"do this."
6581
msgstr ""
6582
6583
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:38(p)
6584
msgid ""
6585
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
6586
"entering any further details."
6587
msgstr ""
6588
6589
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(desc)
6590
msgid ""
6591
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
6592
"applet</input>"
6593
msgstr ""
6594
6595
#: C/net-nonm.page:16(title)
6596
msgid "There's no network menu in the top panel"
6597
msgstr ""
6598
6599
#: C/net-nonm.page:18(p)
6600
msgid ""
6601
"If the network menu has disappeared from the top panel, your <app>Network "
6602
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
6603
msgstr ""
6604
6605
#: C/net-nonm.page:21(p)
6606
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
6607
msgstr ""
6608
6609
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(p)
6610
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
6611
msgstr ""
6612
6613
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(p)
6614
msgid ""
6615
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
6616
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
6617
msgstr ""
6618
6619
#: C/net-nonm.page:26(p)
6620
msgid ""
6621
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
6622
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
6623
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
6624
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
6625
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
6626
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
6627
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
6628
msgstr ""
6629
6630
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(desc)
6631
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
6632
msgstr ""
6633
6634
#: C/net-mobile.page:16(title)
6635
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
6636
msgstr ""
6637
6638
#: C/net-mobile.page:18(p)
6639
msgid ""
6640
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
6641
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
6642
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
6643
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
6644
msgstr ""
6645
6646
#: C/net-mobile.page:25(p)
6647
msgid ""
6648
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
6649
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
6650
"device."
6651
msgstr ""
6652
6653
#: C/net-mobile.page:32(p)
6654
msgid ""
6655
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
6656
"automatically when you connect the device."
6657
msgstr ""
6658
6659
#: C/net-mobile.page:38(p)
6660
msgid ""
6661
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
6662
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
6663
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
6664
msgstr ""
6665
6666
#: C/net-mobile.page:46(p)
6667
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
6668
msgstr ""
6669
6670
#: C/net-mobile.page:51(p)
6671
msgid ""
6672
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
6673
"menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and select your new connection."
6674
msgstr ""
6675
6676
#: C/net-mobile.page:57(p)
6677
msgid ""
6678
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the top panel and click "
6679
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
6680
msgstr ""
6681
6682
#: C/net-mobile.page:63(p)
6683
msgid ""
6684
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
6685
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
6686
"manually."
6687
msgstr ""
6688
6689
#: C/net-mobile.page:70(p)
6690
msgid ""
6691
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the top "
6692
"panel and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
6693
msgstr ""
6694
6695
#: C/net-mobile.page:76(p)
6696
msgid "Swith to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
6697
msgstr ""
6698
6699
#: C/net-mobile.page:81(p)
6700
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
6701
msgstr ""
6702
6703
#: C/net-mobile.page:86(p)
6704
msgid ""
6705
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
6706
"Enter your details as described above."
6707
msgstr ""
6708
6709
#: C/net-manual.page:16(title)
6710
msgid "Manually set network settings"
6711
msgstr ""
6712
6713
#: C/net-manual.page:18(p)
6714
msgid ""
6715
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
6716
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
6717
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
6718
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
6719
"router or switch."
6720
msgstr ""
6721
6722
#: C/net-manual.page:20(p)
6723
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
6724
msgstr ""
6725
6726
#: C/net-manual.page:28(p)
6727
msgid ""
6728
"Find the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
6729
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
6730
msgstr ""
6731
6732
#: C/net-manual.page:32(p)
6733
msgid ""
6734
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
6735
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
6736
msgstr ""
6737
6738
#: C/net-manual.page:36(p)
6739
msgid ""
6740
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
6741
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
6742
msgstr ""
6743
6744
#: C/net-manual.page:40(p)
6745
msgid ""
6746
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
6747
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the columns in the "
6748
"<gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> when you've finished "
6749
"typing each address."
6750
msgstr ""
6751
6752
#: C/net-manual.page:41(p)
6753
msgid ""
6754
"All three of these addresses must be \"IP addresses\", which will be four "
6755
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
6756
msgstr ""
6757
6758
#: C/net-manual.page:45(p)
6759
msgid ""
6760
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
6761
"commas."
6762
msgstr ""
6763
6764
#: C/net-manual.page:49(p)
6765
msgid ""
6766
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the "
6767
"network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by "
6768
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
6769
"example."
6770
msgstr ""
6771
6772
#: C/net-macaddress.page:17(desc)
6773
msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
6774
msgstr ""
6775
6776
#: C/net-macaddress.page:20(title)
6777
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
6778
msgstr ""
6779
6780
#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(p)
6781
msgid ""
6782
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the "
6783
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
6784
"ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and "
6785
"each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
6786
msgstr ""
6787
6788
#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(p)
6789
msgid ""
6790
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
6791
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
6792
msgstr ""
6793
6794
#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(p)
6795
msgid "You can easily identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
6796
msgstr ""
6797
6798
#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(p)
6799
msgid "Click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar."
6800
msgstr ""
6801
6802
#: C/net-macaddress.page:29(p)
6803
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
6804
msgstr ""
6805
6806
#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(p)
6807
msgid ""
6808
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
6809
msgstr ""
6810
6811
#: C/net-macaddress.page:33(p) C/net-findip.page:32(p)
6812
msgid ""
6813
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
6814
msgstr ""
6815
6816
#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(p)
6817
msgid ""
6818
"In practice, a MAC address may sometimes legitimately need to be modified, "
6819
"or \"spoofed.\" For example, some internet service providers may require "
6820
"that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network "
6821
"card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the service "
6822
"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
6823
msgstr ""
6824
6825
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(desc)
6826
msgid ""
6827
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
6828
"lets you view these pages."
6829
msgstr ""
6830
6831
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:17(title)
6832
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
6833
msgstr ""
6834
6835
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:19(p)
6836
msgid ""
6837
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
6838
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
6839
"Some websites will not work correctly without Silverlight."
6840
msgstr ""
6841
6842
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:21(p)
6843
msgid ""
6844
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but do not have the plug-in "
6845
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
6846
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
6847
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or for your version "
6848
"of Linux."
6849
msgstr ""
6850
6851
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:23(p)
6852
msgid ""
6853
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
6854
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
6855
"Silverlight which runs on Linux. Moonlight is not installed by default in "
6856
"Ubuntu."
6857
msgstr ""
6858
6859
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:26(title)
6860
msgid "How to Install Moonlight for Mozilla Firefox"
6861
msgstr ""
6862
6863
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:28(p)
6864
msgid ""
6865
"Click <link href=\"apt:moonlight-plugin-mozilla\">this link</link> to launch "
6866
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
6867
msgstr ""
6868
6869
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(p)
6870
msgid "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install."
6871
msgstr ""
6872
6873
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:34(p)
6874
msgid ""
6875
"If you choose to install Moonlight, click <gui>Install</gui> from the "
6876
"Software Center window."
6877
msgstr ""
6878
6879
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:37(p)
6880
msgid ""
6881
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
6882
"The web browser should realize that Moonlight is installed when you open it "
6883
"again and you should now be able to view Silverlight websites."
6884
msgstr ""
6885
6886
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:42(p)
6887
msgid ""
6888
"If you have installed Google Chrome or Chromium, you will also need to "
6889
"install <link href=\"apt:moonlight-plugin-chromium\">this file</link> to use "
6890
"Moonlight on that browser."
6891
msgstr ""
6892
6893
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(desc)
6894
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
6895
msgstr ""
6896
6897
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:16(title)
6898
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
6899
msgstr ""
6900
6901
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(p)
6902
msgid ""
6903
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
6904
"to be installed in order to run."
6905
msgstr ""
6906
6907
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:19(p)
6908
msgid ""
6909
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
6910
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
6911
msgstr ""
6912
6913
#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(desc)
6914
msgid ""
6915
"You may need to install <app>Flash</app> to be able to view websites like "
6916
"YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages using Flash."
6917
msgstr ""
6918
6919
#: C/net-install-flash.page:17(title)
6920
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
6921
msgstr ""
6922
6923
#: C/net-install-flash.page:19(p)
6924
msgid ""
6925
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you "
6926
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
6927
"websites will not work without Flash."
6928
msgstr ""
6929
6930
#: C/net-install-flash.page:21(p)
6931
msgid ""
6932
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
6933
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
6934
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
6935
msgstr ""
6936
6937
#: C/net-install-flash.page:24(title)
6938
msgid "How to install Flash"
6939
msgstr ""
6940
6941
#: C/net-install-flash.page:26(p)
6942
msgid ""
6943
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
6944
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
6945
msgstr ""
6946
6947
#: C/net-install-flash.page:29(p)
6948
msgid ""
6949
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
6950
msgstr ""
6951
6952
#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(p)
6953
msgid ""
6954
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
6955
"Center window."
6956
msgstr ""
6957
6958
#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(p)
6959
msgid ""
6960
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
6961
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
6962
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
6963
msgstr ""
6964
6965
#: C/net-install-flash.page:40(title)
6966
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
6967
msgstr ""
6968
6969
#: C/net-install-flash.page:41(p)
6970
msgid ""
6971
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
6972
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
6973
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
6974
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
6975
msgstr ""
6976
6977
#: C/net-install-flash.page:42(p)
6978
msgid ""
6979
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
6980
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
6981
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
6982
msgstr ""
6983
6984
#: C/net-install-flash.page:44(link)
6985
msgid "Gnash"
6986
msgstr ""
6987
6988
#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(link)
6989
msgid "LightSpark"
6990
msgstr ""
6991
6992
#: C/net-general.page:10(desc)
6993
msgid ""
6994
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
6995
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
6996
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
6997
msgstr ""
6998
6999
#: C/net-general.page:23(title)
7000
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
7001
msgstr ""
7002
7003
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:13(desc)
7004
msgid ""
7005
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network "
7006
"services."
7007
msgstr ""
7008
7009
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:16(title)
7010
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
7011
msgstr ""
7012
7013
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:18(p)
7014
msgid ""
7015
"This article explains how to create a fixed (or static) IP address on your "
7016
"local network. Depending on the plan you have with your Internet service "
7017
"provider (or ISP), you may or may not have a fixed IP address on the "
7018
"internet. If you are not sure which type of connection you have from your "
7019
"service provider, contact your provider for more information."
7020
msgstr ""
7021
7022
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(p)
7023
msgid "Here is how to create a fixed IP address on your network:"
7024
msgstr ""
7025
7026
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(p)
7027
msgid "Make sure that your ethernet cable is plugged into the computer."
7028
msgstr ""
7029
7030
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(p)
7031
msgid ""
7032
"Select the Auto eth connection on the <gui>Wired</gui>tab and then click "
7033
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
7034
msgstr ""
7035
7036
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(p)
7037
msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab."
7038
msgstr ""
7039
7040
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(p)
7041
msgid "Change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
7042
msgstr ""
7043
7044
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(p)
7045
msgid ""
7046
"If no connection information exists, or if you want to set up a new "
7047
"connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
7048
msgstr ""
7049
7050
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(p)
7051
msgid ""
7052
"Enter the desired <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Net Mask</em>, and "
7053
"<em>Gateway</em> information into the appropriate boxes."
7054
msgstr ""
7055
7056
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(p)
7057
msgid ""
7058
"If necessary, enter desired <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the "
7059
"<gui>DNS servers</gui> box."
7060
msgstr ""
7061
7062
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(p)
7063
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."
7064
msgstr ""
7065
7066
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(p)
7067
msgid "Close the network settings window."
7068
msgstr ""
7069
7070
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:8(desc)
7071
msgid ""
7072
"Look at a list of programs that can be allowed through your system's "
7073
"firewall."
7074
msgstr ""
7075
7076
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(title)
7077
msgid "Firewall port list"
7078
msgstr ""
7079
7080
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(p)
7081
msgid ""
7082
"The following table lists ports used by your system's firewall to <link "
7083
"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to GNOME programs "
7084
"over the network. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't "
7085
"complete. Instead, it presents some of the most common ports you may want to "
7086
"configure on your system. In some cases, the vendor of your GNOME desktop "
7087
"may have pre-configured access to these ports when the system was installed."
7088
msgstr ""
7089
7090
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(p)
7091
msgid "Port"
7092
msgstr ""
7093
7094
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(p) C/nautilus-list.page:31(gui) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(gui)
7095
msgid "Name"
7096
msgstr ""
7097
7098
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(p)
7099
msgid "Description"
7100
msgstr ""
7101
7102
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(p)
7103
msgid "5353/udp"
7104
msgstr ""
7105
7106
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(p)
7107
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
7108
msgstr ""
7109
7110
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(p)
7111
msgid ""
7112
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe their service offerings, "
7113
"without you having to configure it"
7114
msgstr ""
7115
7116
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(p)
7117
msgid "631/udp"
7118
msgstr ""
7119
7120
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(p)
7121
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network"
7122
msgstr ""
7123
7124
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(p)
7125
msgid "631/tcp"
7126
msgstr ""
7127
7128
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(p)
7129
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network"
7130
msgstr ""
7131
7132
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(p)
7133
msgid "5298/tcp"
7134
msgstr ""
7135
7136
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(p)
7137
msgid "Presence"
7138
msgstr ""
7139
7140
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(p)
7141
msgid "Allows you to advertise your status, such as \"online\" or \"busy\""
7142
msgstr ""
7143
7144
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(p)
7145
msgid "5900/tcp"
7146
msgstr ""
7147
7148
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(p)
7149
msgid "Remote desktop"
7150
msgstr ""
7151
7152
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(p)
7153
msgid "Allows you to share your desktop for viewing or remote assistance"
7154
msgstr ""
7155
7156
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(p)
7157
msgid "3689/tcp"
7158
msgstr ""
7159
7160
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(p)
7161
msgid "Music sharing"
7162
msgstr ""
7163
7164
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(p)
7165
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network"
7166
msgstr ""
7167
7168
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(desc)
7169
msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."
7170
msgstr ""
7171
7172
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(name)
7173
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
7174
msgstr ""
7175
7176
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:15(email)
7177
msgid "jeremy@bicha.net"
7178
msgstr ""
7179
7180
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(title)
7181
msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"
7182
msgstr ""
7183
7184
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(p)
7185
msgid ""
7186
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
7187
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
7188
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
7189
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
7190
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
7191
msgstr ""
7192
7193
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(p)
7194
msgid ""
7195
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
7196
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
7197
"documentation</link>."
7198
msgstr ""
7199
7200
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(title)
7201
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
7202
msgstr ""
7203
7204
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(p)
7205
msgid ""
7206
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
7207
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
7208
msgstr ""
7209
7210
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(title)
7211
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
7212
msgstr ""
7213
7214
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(p)
7215
msgid ""
7216
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
7217
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
7218
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
7219
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
7220
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
7221
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
7222
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
7223
msgstr ""
7224
7225
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(p)
7226
msgid ""
7227
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
7228
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
7229
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
7230
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
7231
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
7232
msgstr ""
7233
7234
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(p)
7235
msgid ""
7236
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
7237
"terminal."
7238
msgstr ""
7239
7240
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(title)
7241
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
7242
msgstr ""
7243
7244
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(p)
7245
msgid ""
7246
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
7247
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
7248
"link</link>."
7249
msgstr ""
7250
7251
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(p)
7252
msgid ""
7253
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
7254
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
7255
"kept open for the firewall to work."
7256
msgstr ""
7257
7258
#: C/net-findip.page:18(desc)
7259
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
7260
msgstr ""
7261
7262
#: C/net-findip.page:21(title)
7263
msgid "Find your IP address"
7264
msgstr ""
7265
7266
#: C/net-findip.page:23(p)
7267
msgid ""
7268
"Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your "
7269
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
7270
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
7271
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
7272
msgstr ""
7273
7274
#: C/net-findip.page:25(p)
7275
msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
7276
msgstr ""
7277
7278
#: C/net-findip.page:27(p)
7279
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel."
7280
msgstr ""
7281
7282
#: C/net-findip.page:28(p)
7283
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
7284
msgstr ""
7285
7286
#: C/net-findip.page:29(p)
7287
msgid ""
7288
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
7289
msgstr ""
7290
7291
#: C/net-findip.page:34(p)
7292
msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
7293
msgstr ""
7294
7295
#: C/net-findip.page:36(p)
7296
msgid ""
7297
"Visit <link "
7298
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
7299
msgstr ""
7300
7301
#: C/net-findip.page:37(p)
7302
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"
7303
msgstr ""
7304
7305
#: C/net-email-virus.page:15(desc)
7306
msgid ""
7307
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your Linux computer but could infect other "
7308
"people you email."
7309
msgstr ""
7310
7311
#: C/net-email-virus.page:18(title)
7312
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
7313
msgstr ""
7314
7315
#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(p)
7316
msgid ""
7317
"Viruses are programs which cause problems if they manage to find their way "
7318
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
7319
"through email messages."
7320
msgstr ""
7321
7322
#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(p)
7323
msgid ""
7324
"Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are rare, so you are <link "
7325
"xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
7326
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
7327
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
7328
"to scan your email for viruses."
7329
msgstr ""
7330
7331
#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(p)
7332
msgid ""
7333
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
7334
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
7335
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
7336
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
7337
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
7338
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
7339
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
7340
"software of their own anyway."
7341
msgstr ""
7342
7343
#: C/net-email.page:11(link)
7344
msgid "Default email apps"
7345
msgstr ""
7346
7347
#: C/net-email.page:20(title)
7348
msgid "Email & email software"
7349
msgstr ""
7350
7351
#: C/net-editcon.page:24(desc)
7352
msgid "Learn how to change wireless connection options."
7353
msgstr ""
7354
7355
#: C/net-editcon.page:27(title)
7356
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
7357
msgstr ""
7358
7359
#. COMMENT
7360
#. <p>This topic needs significant revision to be comprehensive. A number of settings remain undocumented.</p>
7361
#. END COMMENT
7362
#: C/net-editcon.page:33(p)
7363
msgid ""
7364
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
7365
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
7366
"menu</gui> in the top panel and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
7367
msgstr ""
7368
7369
#: C/net-editcon.page:38(p)
7370
msgid ""
7371
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
7372
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
7373
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
7374
msgstr ""
7375
7376
#: C/net-editcon.page:42(title)
7377
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
7378
msgstr ""
7379
7380
#: C/net-editcon.page:45(gui)
7381
msgid "Connect automatically"
7382
msgstr ""
7383
7384
#: C/net-editcon.page:46(p)
7385
msgid ""
7386
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
7387
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
7388
msgstr ""
7389
7390
#: C/net-editcon.page:47(p)
7391
msgid ""
7392
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
7393
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
7394
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
7395
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
7396
msgstr ""
7397
7398
#: C/net-editcon.page:51(gui)
7399
msgid "Available to all users"
7400
msgstr ""
7401
7402
#: C/net-editcon.page:52(p)
7403
msgid ""
7404
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
7405
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
7406
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
7407
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
7408
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
7409
"password themselves."
7410
msgstr ""
7411
7412
#: C/net-editcon.page:53(p)
7413
msgid ""
7414
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
7415
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
7416
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
7417
msgstr ""
7418
7419
#: C/net-editcon.page:59(title)
7420
msgid "Wireless"
7421
msgstr ""
7422
7423
#: C/net-editcon.page:62(gui)
7424
msgid "SSID"
7425
msgstr ""
7426
7427
#: C/net-editcon.page:63(p)
7428
msgid ""
7429
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
7430
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
7431
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
7432
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
7433
msgstr ""
7434
7435
#: C/net-editcon.page:67(gui)
7436
msgid "Mode"
7437
msgstr ""
7438
7439
#: C/net-editcon.page:68(p)
7440
msgid ""
7441
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
7442
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
7443
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
7444
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
7445
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
7446
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
7447
msgstr ""
7448
7449
#: C/net-editcon.page:69(p)
7450
msgid ""
7451
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
7452
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
7453
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
7454
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
7455
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
7456
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
7457
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
7458
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
7459
msgstr ""
7460
7461
#: C/net-editcon.page:73(gui)
7462
msgid "BSSID"
7463
msgstr ""
7464
7465
#: C/net-editcon.page:74(p)
7466
msgid ""
7467
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
7468
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
7469
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
7470
"that's supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-"
7471
"wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it "
7472
"will have a BSSID."
7473
msgstr ""
7474
7475
#: C/net-editcon.page:78(gui)
7476
msgid "Device MAC address"
7477
msgstr ""
7478
7479
#: C/net-editcon.page:79(p)
7480
msgid ""
7481
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
7482
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
7483
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
7484
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
7485
msgstr ""
7486
7487
#: C/net-editcon.page:80(p)
7488
msgid ""
7489
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
7490
msgstr ""
7491
7492
#: C/net-editcon.page:84(gui)
7493
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
7494
msgstr ""
7495
7496
#: C/net-editcon.page:85(p)
7497
msgid ""
7498
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
7499
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
7500
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
7501
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
7502
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
7503
"address rather than its real one."
7504
msgstr ""
7505
7506
#: C/net-editcon.page:89(gui)
7507
msgid "MTU"
7508
msgstr ""
7509
7510
#: C/net-editcon.page:90(p)
7511
msgid ""
7512
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
7513
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
7514
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
7515
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
7516
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
7517
"connection is."
7518
msgstr ""
7519
7520
#: C/net-editcon.page:97(title)
7521
msgid "Wireless Security"
7522
msgstr ""
7523
7524
#: C/net-editcon.page:100(gui)
7525
msgid "Security"
7526
msgstr ""
7527
7528
#: C/net-editcon.page:101(p)
7529
msgid ""
7530
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
7531
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
7532
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
7533
"you're visiting and so on."
7534
msgstr ""
7535
7536
#: C/net-editcon.page:102(p)
7537
msgid ""
7538
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
7539
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
7540
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
7541
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
7542
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
7543
"encryption."
7544
msgstr ""
7545
7546
#: C/net-editcon.page:108(title)
7547
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
7548
msgstr ""
7549
7550
#: C/net-editcon.page:110(p)
7551
msgid ""
7552
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
7553
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
7554
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
7555
msgstr ""
7556
7557
#: C/net-editcon.page:111(p)
7558
msgid "The following methods are available:"
7559
msgstr ""
7560
7561
#: C/net-editcon.page:114(gui)
7562
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
7563
msgstr ""
7564
7565
#: C/net-editcon.page:115(p)
7566
msgid ""
7567
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
7568
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
7569
"connected to the network which decides which settings your computer should "
7570
"have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be "
7571
"assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
7572
msgstr ""
7573
7574
#: C/net-editcon.page:119(gui)
7575
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
7576
msgstr ""
7577
7578
#: C/net-editcon.page:120(p)
7579
msgid ""
7580
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
7581
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
7582
"DNS server to use)."
7583
msgstr ""
7584
7585
#: C/net-editcon.page:124(gui)
7586
msgid "Manual"
7587
msgstr ""
7588
7589
#: C/net-editcon.page:125(p)
7590
msgid ""
7591
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
7592
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
7593
msgstr ""
7594
7595
#: C/net-editcon.page:129(gui)
7596
msgid "Link-Local Only"
7597
msgstr ""
7598
7599
#: C/net-editcon.page:130(p)
7600
msgid ""
7601
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
7602
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
7603
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
7604
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
7605
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
7606
"so they communicate amongst themselves."
7607
msgstr ""
7608
7609
#: C/net-editcon.page:134(gui)
7610
msgid "Disabled"
7611
msgstr ""
7612
7613
#: C/net-editcon.page:135(p)
7614
msgid ""
7615
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
7616
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
7617
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
7618
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
7619
msgstr ""
7620
7621
#: C/net-editcon.page:142(title)
7622
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
7623
msgstr ""
7624
7625
#: C/net-editcon.page:143(p)
7626
msgid ""
7627
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
7628
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
7629
"at the moment."
7630
msgstr ""
7631
7632
#: C/net-default-email.page:14(desc)
7633
msgid ""
7634
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Preferred "
7635
"Applications</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
7636
msgstr ""
7637
7638
#: C/net-default-email.page:17(title)
7639
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
7640
msgstr ""
7641
7642
#: C/net-default-email.page:19(p)
7643
msgid ""
7644
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
7645
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
7646
"with a blank message, ready for you to write your email. If you have more "
7647
"than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application "
7648
"might open up. You can fix this by changing which program is set as the "
7649
"default email application:"
7650
msgstr ""
7651
7652
#: C/net-default-email.page:27(p) C/net-default-browser.page:27(p)
7653
msgid ""
7654
"In the <em>Personal</em> section, click <gui>Preferred Applications</gui>."
7655
msgstr ""
7656
7657
#: C/net-default-email.page:31(p)
7658
msgid ""
7659
"Choose your preferred email application by changing the <gui>Mail "
7660
"Reader</gui> option."
7661
msgstr ""
7662
7663
#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(desc)
7664
msgid ""
7665
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Preferred Applications</gui> "
7666
"in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
7667
msgstr ""
7668
7669
#: C/net-default-browser.page:17(title)
7670
msgid "Change the default web browser"
7671
msgstr ""
7672
7673
#: C/net-default-browser.page:19(p)
7674
msgid ""
7675
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
7676
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
7677
"installed, however, the page may not open up in your preferred web browser. "
7678
"To fix this, change the default web browser:"
7679
msgstr ""
7680
7681
#: C/net-default-browser.page:31(p)
7682
msgid ""
7683
"Choose the default web browser by changing the <gui>Web Browser</gui> option."
7684
msgstr ""
7685
7686
#: C/net-default-browser.page:35(p)
7687
msgid ""
7688
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it is not "
7689
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
7690
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
7691
"browser."
7692
msgstr ""
7693
7694
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(desc)
7695
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
7696
msgstr ""
7697
7698
#: C/net-chat-video.page:16(title)
7699
msgid "Video calls"
7700
msgstr ""
7701
7702
#: C/net-chat-video.page:18(p)
7703
msgid ""
7704
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
7705
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
7706
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
7707
"href=\"ghelp:empathy?audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
7708
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
7709
msgstr ""
7710
7711
#: C/net-chat-video.page:27(title)
7712
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
7713
msgstr ""
7714
7715
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(app)
7716
msgid "Skype"
7717
msgstr ""
7718
7719
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(app)
7720
msgid "Ekiga"
7721
msgstr ""
7722
7723
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(desc)
7724
msgid ""
7725
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
7726
"sites directly from your desktop"
7727
msgstr ""
7728
7729
#: C/net-chat-social.page:17(title)
7730
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
7731
msgstr ""
7732
7733
#: C/net-chat-social.page:19(p)
7734
msgid ""
7735
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
7736
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
7737
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
7738
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
7739
msgstr ""
7740
7741
#: C/net-chat-social.page:26(p)
7742
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
7743
msgstr ""
7744
7745
#: C/net-chat-social.page:31(p)
7746
msgid ""
7747
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me menu</link> on the right "
7748
"hand side of the top panel."
7749
msgstr ""
7750
7751
#: C/net-chat-social.page:35(p)
7752
msgid "Choose <gui>Broadcast Accounts...</gui>"
7753
msgstr ""
7754
7755
#: C/net-chat-social.page:39(p)
7756
msgid ""
7757
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
7758
msgstr ""
7759
7760
#: C/net-chat-social.page:43(p)
7761
msgid ""
7762
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
7763
"and follow the instructions"
7764
msgstr ""
7765
7766
#: C/net-chat-social.page:50(p)
7767
msgid ""
7768
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
7769
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the top "
7770
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
7771
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
7772
"social network."
7773
msgstr ""
7774
7775
#: C/net-chat-social.page:58(p)
7776
msgid ""
7777
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app><link href=\" "
7778
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
7779
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
7780
"website</link>."
7781
msgstr ""
7782
7783
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(desc)
7784
msgid ""
7785
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
7786
"Ubuntu"
7787
msgstr ""
7788
7789
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:18(title)
7790
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
7791
msgstr ""
7792
7793
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:20(p)
7794
msgid ""
7795
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
7796
"the Internet using your computer."
7797
msgstr ""
7798
7799
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:25(p)
7800
msgid ""
7801
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
7802
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
7803
msgstr ""
7804
7805
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:30(p)
7806
msgid ""
7807
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
7808
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
7809
msgstr ""
7810
7811
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:35(p)
7812
msgid ""
7813
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
7814
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
7815
msgstr ""
7816
7817
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:40(p)
7818
msgid ""
7819
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
7820
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
7821
msgstr ""
7822
7823
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:54(title)
7824
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
7825
msgstr ""
7826
7827
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(link)
7828
msgid "How to record Skype conversations"
7829
msgstr ""
7830
7831
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(link)
7832
msgid "A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype"
7833
msgstr ""
7834
7835
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(link)
7836
msgid "Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users"
7837
msgstr ""
7838
7839
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(desc)
7840
msgid ""
7841
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
7842
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
7843
msgstr ""
7844
7845
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(title)
7846
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
7847
msgstr ""
7848
7849
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(p)
7850
msgid ""
7851
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
7852
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
7853
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
7854
"or video calls."
7855
msgstr ""
7856
7857
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(p)
7858
msgid ""
7859
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
7860
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
7861
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
7862
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
7863
"Menu</link>."
7864
msgstr ""
7865
7866
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(p)
7867
msgid ""
7868
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
7869
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me Menu</link>."
7870
msgstr ""
7871
7872
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(p)
7873
msgid ""
7874
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"ghelp:empathy\">Empathy "
7875
"manual</link>."
7876
msgstr ""
7877
7878
#: C/net-chat.page:11(desc)
7879
msgid ""
7880
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
7881
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
7882
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
7883
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
7884
msgstr ""
7885
7886
#: C/net-chat.page:24(title)
7887
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
7888
msgstr ""
7889
7890
#: C/net-browser.page:10(desc)
7891
msgid ""
7892
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
7893
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
7894
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>..."
7895
msgstr ""
7896
7897
#: C/net-browser.page:22(title)
7898
msgid "Web Browsers"
7899
msgstr ""
7900
7901
#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(desc)
7902
msgid ""
7903
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
7904
msgstr ""
7905
7906
#: C/net-antivirus.page:23(title)
7907
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
7908
msgstr ""
7909
7910
#: C/net-antivirus.page:25(p)
7911
msgid ""
7912
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
7913
"anti-virus software running on your computer. Anti-virus software runs in "
7914
"the background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find "
7915
"their way onto your computer and cause problems."
7916
msgstr ""
7917
7918
#: C/net-antivirus.page:27(p)
7919
msgid ""
7920
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably do not need to "
7921
"use it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this "
7922
"is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one "
7923
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
7924
"and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
7925
msgstr ""
7926
7927
#: C/net-antivirus.page:29(p)
7928
msgid ""
7929
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you do not need to worry "
7930
"about them at the moment."
7931
msgstr ""
7932
7933
#: C/net-antivirus.page:31(p)
7934
msgid ""
7935
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
7936
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
7937
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
7938
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
7939
msgstr ""
7940
7941
#: C/net-adhoc.page:13(desc)
7942
msgid ""
7943
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
7944
"network."
7945
msgstr ""
7946
7947
#: C/net-adhoc.page:16(title)
7948
msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
7949
msgstr ""
7950
7951
#: C/net-adhoc.page:18(p)
7952
msgid ""
7953
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
7954
"network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to "
7955
"it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them."
7956
msgstr ""
7957
7958
#: C/net-adhoc.page:20(p)
7959
msgid ""
7960
"With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless network, you would connect "
7961
"both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base station or "
7962
"router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc network will "
7963
"still allow you to connect the computers to each other."
7964
msgstr ""
7965
7966
#: C/net-adhoc.page:22(p)
7967
msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
7968
msgstr ""
7969
7970
#: C/net-adhoc.page:25(p)
7971
msgid ""
7972
"On one of the computers, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
7973
"and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
7974
msgstr ""
7975
7976
#: C/net-adhoc.page:29(p)
7977
msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
7978
msgstr ""
7979
7980
#: C/net-adhoc.page:33(p)
7981
msgid ""
7982
"In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then "
7983
"look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
7984
msgstr ""
7985
7986
#: C/net-adhoc.page:37(p)
7987
msgid ""
7988
"Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people "
7989
"will be able to see."
7990
msgstr ""
7991
7992
#: C/net-adhoc.page:41(p)
7993
msgid ""
7994
"Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings "
7995
"at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
7996
msgstr ""
7997
7998
#: C/net-adhoc.page:45(p)
7999
msgid ""
8000
"On the other computer, click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar "
8001
"and look for a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or "
8002
"two to appear in the list."
8003
msgstr ""
8004
8005
#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(p)
8006
msgid ""
8007
"Click the name of your new, ad-hoc network to connect to it. You will be "
8008
"able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both computers "
8009
"were connected to a conventional wireless network."
8010
msgstr ""
8011
8012
#: C/net-adhoc.page:50(p)
8013
msgid ""
8014
"These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running "
8015
"Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux "
8016
"computer and connect to it using the other computer."
8017
msgstr ""
8018
8019
#: C/net-adhoc.page:52(p)
8020
msgid ""
8021
"Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, "
8022
"so this feature may not work on your hardware."
8023
msgstr ""
8024
8025
#: C/net-adhoc.page:55(title)
8026
msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
8027
msgstr ""
8028
8029
#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(p)
8030
msgid ""
8031
"Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's "
8032
"not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA "
8033
"password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."
8034
msgstr ""
8035
8036
#: C/net-adhoc.page:58(p)
8037
msgid "To add a password:"
8038
msgstr ""
8039
8040
#: C/net-adhoc.page:66(p)
8041
msgid ""
8042
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
8043
"click <gui>Edit</gui>."
8044
msgstr ""
8045
8046
#: C/net-adhoc.page:70(p)
8047
msgid ""
8048
"Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the "
8049
"<gui>Security</gui> from <gui>None</gui>."
8050
msgstr ""
8051
8052
#: C/net-adhoc.page:74(p)
8053
msgid ""
8054
"Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers "
8055
"connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to "
8056
"enter the password on each of them."
8057
msgstr ""
8058
8059
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(desc)
8060
msgid ""
8061
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
8062
msgstr ""
8063
8064
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(title)
8065
msgid "File manager views preferences"
8066
msgstr ""
8067
8068
#: C/nautilus-views.page:27(p)
8069
msgid ""
8070
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
8071
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
8072
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
8073
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8074
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
8075
msgstr ""
8076
8077
#: C/nautilus-views.page:34(title)
8078
msgid "Default view"
8079
msgstr ""
8080
8081
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(gui)
8082
msgid "View new folders using"
8083
msgstr ""
8084
8085
#: C/nautilus-views.page:38(p)
8086
msgid ""
8087
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
8088
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
8089
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
8090
"can use these views by default."
8091
msgstr ""
8092
8093
#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(p)
8094
msgid ""
8095
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
8096
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
8097
msgstr ""
8098
8099
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(gui)
8100
msgid "Arrange items"
8101
msgstr ""
8102
8103
#: C/nautilus-views.page:47(p)
8104
msgid ""
8105
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
8106
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
8107
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
8108
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
8109
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
8110
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
8111
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
8112
msgstr ""
8113
8114
#: C/nautilus-views.page:54(p)
8115
msgid ""
8116
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
8117
"the default order used in new folders."
8118
msgstr ""
8119
8120
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(gui)
8121
msgid "Sort folders before files"
8122
msgstr ""
8123
8124
#: C/nautilus-views.page:59(p)
8125
msgid ""
8126
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
8127
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
8128
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
8129
"according to the sort order, select this option."
8130
msgstr ""
8131
8132
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(gui)
8133
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
8134
msgstr ""
8135
8136
#: C/nautilus-views.page:66(p)
8137
msgid ""
8138
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
8139
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
8140
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
8141
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
8142
"open file manager window, select this option."
8143
msgstr ""
8144
8145
#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(title)
8146
msgid "Icon view defaults"
8147
msgstr ""
8148
8149
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(gui) C/nautilus-views.page:103(gui) C/nautilus-views.page:125(gui)
8150
msgid "Default zoom level"
8151
msgstr ""
8152
8153
#: C/nautilus-views.page:81(p)
8154
msgid ""
8155
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
8156
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8157
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8158
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8159
msgstr ""
8160
8161
#: C/nautilus-views.page:85(p)
8162
msgid ""
8163
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
8164
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
8165
msgstr ""
8166
8167
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(gui)
8168
msgid "Text beside icons"
8169
msgstr ""
8170
8171
#: C/nautilus-views.page:90(p)
8172
msgid ""
8173
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
8174
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
8175
"to see more information at once."
8176
msgstr ""
8177
8178
#: C/nautilus-views.page:99(title)
8179
msgid "Compact view defaults"
8180
msgstr ""
8181
8182
#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(p)
8183
msgid ""
8184
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
8185
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8186
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8187
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8188
msgstr ""
8189
8190
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(gui)
8191
msgid "All columns have the same width"
8192
msgstr ""
8193
8194
#: C/nautilus-views.page:111(p)
8195
msgid ""
8196
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
8197
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
8198
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
8199
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
8200
"the end."
8201
msgstr ""
8202
8203
#: C/nautilus-views.page:122(title)
8204
msgid "List view defaults"
8205
msgstr ""
8206
8207
#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(p)
8208
msgid ""
8209
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
8210
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8211
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8212
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8213
msgstr ""
8214
8215
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(title)
8216
msgid "Tree view defaults"
8217
msgstr ""
8218
8219
#: C/nautilus-views.page:137(p)
8220
msgid ""
8221
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager side pane by selecting "
8222
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Side Pane</gui></guiseq>, then click "
8223
"<gui>Places</gui> in the side pane and then select <gui>Tree</gui> in the "
8224
"dropdown list. By default, the tree side pane only shows folders. If you "
8225
"want to show files in the side pane as well, turn <gui>Show only "
8226
"folders</gui> off."
8227
msgstr ""
8228
8229
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(desc)
8230
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
8231
msgstr ""
8232
8233
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(title)
8234
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
8235
msgstr ""
8236
8237
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(p)
8238
msgid ""
8239
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and "
8240
"can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large "
8241
"files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any "
8242
"file manager window, click "
8243
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8244
"<gui>Preview</gui> tab."
8245
msgstr ""
8246
8247
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(p)
8248
msgid ""
8249
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
8250
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
8251
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
8252
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
8253
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
8254
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
8255
msgstr ""
8256
8257
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(gui)
8258
msgid "Text Files"
8259
msgstr ""
8260
8261
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(p)
8262
msgid ""
8263
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
8264
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
8265
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
8266
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8267
msgstr ""
8268
8269
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(gui)
8270
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
8271
msgstr ""
8272
8273
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(p)
8274
msgid ""
8275
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
8276
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
8277
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
8278
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
8279
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
8280
"below a certain file size."
8281
msgstr ""
8282
8283
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(gui)
8284
msgid "Sound Files"
8285
msgstr ""
8286
8287
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(p)
8288
msgid ""
8289
"You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds "
8290
"files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or "
8291
"turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8292
msgstr ""
8293
8294
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:62(gui) C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(title)
8295
msgid "Folders"
8296
msgstr ""
8297
8298
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:63(p)
8299
msgid ""
8300
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
8301
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
8302
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
8303
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
8304
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
8305
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8306
msgstr ""
8307
8308
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:19(title)
8309
msgid "File manager preferences"
8310
msgstr ""
8311
8312
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(desc)
8313
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
8314
msgstr ""
8315
8316
#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(title)
8317
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
8318
msgstr ""
8319
8320
#: C/nautilus-list.page:22(p)
8321
msgid ""
8322
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
8323
"manager's list view. Click "
8324
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8325
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
8326
msgstr ""
8327
8328
#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(p)
8329
msgid ""
8330
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
8331
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
8332
msgstr ""
8333
8334
#: C/nautilus-list.page:32(p)
8335
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
8336
msgstr ""
8337
8338
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(gui) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:75(title)
8339
msgid "Size"
8340
msgstr ""
8341
8342
#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(p)
8343
msgid ""
8344
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
8345
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
8346
msgstr ""
8347
8348
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(gui) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:62(gui)
8349
msgid "Type"
8350
msgstr ""
8351
8352
#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(p)
8353
msgid ""
8354
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
8355
"audio, and more."
8356
msgstr ""
8357
8358
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(gui)
8359
msgid "Date Modified"
8360
msgstr ""
8361
8362
#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(p)
8363
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
8364
msgstr ""
8365
8366
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(gui)
8367
msgid "Date Accessed"
8368
msgstr ""
8369
8370
#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(p)
8371
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
8372
msgstr ""
8373
8374
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(gui)
8375
msgid "Group"
8376
msgstr ""
8377
8378
#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(p)
8379
msgid ""
8380
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
8381
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
8382
"might be in groups according to department or project."
8383
msgstr ""
8384
8385
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(gui) C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:87(title)
8386
msgid "Location"
8387
msgstr ""
8388
8389
#: C/nautilus-list.page:60(p)
8390
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
8391
msgstr ""
8392
8393
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(gui)
8394
msgid "MIME Type"
8395
msgstr ""
8396
8397
#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(p)
8398
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
8399
msgstr ""
8400
8401
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(gui)
8402
msgid "Permissions"
8403
msgstr ""
8404
8405
#: C/nautilus-list.page:69(p)
8406
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
8407
msgstr ""
8408
8409
#: C/nautilus-list.page:72(p)
8410
msgid ""
8411
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
8412
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
8413
msgstr ""
8414
8415
#: C/nautilus-list.page:75(p)
8416
msgid ""
8417
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
8418
"who owns the file."
8419
msgstr ""
8420
8421
#: C/nautilus-list.page:78(p)
8422
msgid ""
8423
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
8424
"group that owns the file."
8425
msgstr ""
8426
8427
#: C/nautilus-list.page:81(p)
8428
msgid ""
8429
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
8430
"for all other users on the system."
8431
msgstr ""
8432
8433
#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(p)
8434
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
8435
msgstr ""
8436
8437
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(p)
8438
msgid "r : Read permission."
8439
msgstr ""
8440
8441
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(p)
8442
msgid "w : Write permission."
8443
msgstr ""
8444
8445
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(p)
8446
msgid "x : Execute permission."
8447
msgstr ""
8448
8449
#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(p)
8450
msgid "- : No permission."
8451
msgstr ""
8452
8453
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(gui)
8454
msgid "Octal Permissions"
8455
msgstr ""
8456
8457
#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(p)
8458
msgid ""
8459
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
8460
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
8461
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
8462
msgstr ""
8463
8464
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(p)
8465
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
8466
msgstr ""
8467
8468
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(p)
8469
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
8470
msgstr ""
8471
8472
#: C/nautilus-list.page:101(p)
8473
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
8474
msgstr ""
8475
8476
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(gui)
8477
msgid "Owner"
8478
msgstr ""
8479
8480
#: C/nautilus-list.page:106(p)
8481
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
8482
msgstr ""
8483
8484
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(gui)
8485
msgid "SELinux Context"
8486
msgstr ""
8487
8488
#: C/nautilus-list.page:111(p)
8489
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
8490
msgstr ""
8491
8492
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(desc)
8493
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
8494
msgstr ""
8495
8496
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(title)
8497
msgid "Set file permissions"
8498
msgstr ""
8499
8500
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(p)
8501
msgid ""
8502
"You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you "
8503
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
8504
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
8505
msgstr ""
8506
8507
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(p)
8508
msgid ""
8509
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
8510
"on the types of permissions you can set."
8511
msgstr ""
8512
8513
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(title) C/files.page:15(title)
8514
msgid "Files"
8515
msgstr ""
8516
8517
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(p)
8518
msgid ""
8519
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
8520
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
8521
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
8522
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
8523
msgstr ""
8524
8525
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(p)
8526
msgid ""
8527
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
8528
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
8529
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
8530
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
8531
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
8532
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
8533
"to."
8534
msgstr ""
8535
8536
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(p)
8537
msgid ""
8538
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
8539
"the file's group."
8540
msgstr ""
8541
8542
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(p)
8543
msgid ""
8544
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
8545
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
8546
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
8547
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
8548
"information."
8549
msgstr ""
8550
8551
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(p)
8552
msgid ""
8553
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
8554
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
8555
"groups, and other users."
8556
msgstr ""
8557
8558
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(p)
8559
msgid ""
8560
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
8561
"set for a file."
8562
msgstr ""
8563
8564
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(gui)
8565
msgid "None"
8566
msgstr ""
8567
8568
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(p)
8569
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
8570
msgstr ""
8571
8572
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(gui)
8573
msgid "List files only"
8574
msgstr ""
8575
8576
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(p)
8577
msgid ""
8578
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
8579
"able to open, create, or delete files."
8580
msgstr ""
8581
8582
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(gui)
8583
msgid "Access files"
8584
msgstr ""
8585
8586
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(p)
8587
msgid ""
8588
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
8589
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
8590
"new files or delete files."
8591
msgstr ""
8592
8593
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(gui)
8594
msgid "Create and delete files"
8595
msgstr ""
8596
8597
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(p)
8598
msgid ""
8599
"The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, "
8600
"creating, and deleting files."
8601
msgstr ""
8602
8603
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(p)
8604
msgid ""
8605
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
8606
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
8607
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
8608
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
8609
"horizontal line across it)."
8610
msgstr ""
8611
8612
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(p)
8613
msgid ""
8614
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
8615
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
8616
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
8617
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
8618
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
8619
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
8620
msgstr ""
8621
8622
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(desc)
8623
msgid ""
8624
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
8625
"applications."
8626
msgstr ""
8627
8628
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(title)
8629
msgid "File properties"
8630
msgstr ""
8631
8632
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(p)
8633
msgid ""
8634
"You can view information about a file in the file properties dialog. To view "
8635
"the properties for a file or folder, right-click it and select "
8636
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
8637
"<guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."
8638
msgstr ""
8639
8640
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(p)
8641
msgid ""
8642
"The file properties dialog shows you information like the file type, size, "
8643
"and modification time. If you need this information often, you can have it "
8644
"displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link "
8645
"xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
8646
msgstr ""
8647
8648
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37(p)
8649
msgid ""
8650
"The file properties dialog also allow you to <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
8651
"properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> and <link xref=\"files-"
8652
"open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
8653
msgstr ""
8654
8655
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:41(p)
8656
msgid ""
8657
"For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an "
8658
"extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
8659
msgstr ""
8660
8661
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54(title)
8662
msgid "Basic properties"
8663
msgstr ""
8664
8665
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:57(p)
8666
msgid ""
8667
"The name of the file. You can rename the file by changing this field. You "
8668
"can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-"
8669
"rename\"/>."
8670
msgstr ""
8671
8672
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:63(p)
8673
msgid ""
8674
"The type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG "
8675
"image. The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses. The file type "
8676
"determines which applications can open the file, among other things. See "
8677
"<link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information."
8678
msgstr ""
8679
8680
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:70(title)
8681
msgid "Contents"
8682
msgstr ""
8683
8684
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(p)
8685
msgid ""
8686
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder. It "
8687
"shows the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other "
8688
"folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains "
8689
"further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is "
8690
"empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
8691
msgstr ""
8692
8693
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(p)
8694
msgid ""
8695
"This field is displayed if you are looking at an item other than a folder. "
8696
"The size may be stated as bytes, KB, MB, or GB. In the case of the last "
8697
"three, the size in bytes will be stated in parentheses."
8698
msgstr ""
8699
8700
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79(p)
8701
msgid "1 KB = 1 024 bytes"
8702
msgstr ""
8703
8704
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:80(p)
8705
msgid "1 MB = 1 048 576 bytes"
8706
msgstr ""
8707
8708
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(p)
8709
msgid "1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes"
8710
msgstr ""
8711
8712
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:88(p)
8713
msgid "The absolute path to your item."
8714
msgstr ""
8715
8716
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(title)
8717
msgid "Volume"
8718
msgstr ""
8719
8720
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(p)
8721
msgid ""
8722
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you the "
8723
"storage medium the file is on, such as a <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk "
8724
"partition</link> on your computer, an external drive or optical disc, or a "
8725
"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."
8726
msgstr ""
8727
8728
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(title)
8729
msgid "Free Space"
8730
msgstr ""
8731
8732
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(p)
8733
msgid ""
8734
"For folders, the amount of free space left for new files on the containing "
8735
"volume."
8736
msgstr ""
8737
8738
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:108(title)
8739
msgid "Accessed"
8740
msgstr ""
8741
8742
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:109(p)
8743
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
8744
msgstr ""
8745
8746
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:113(title)
8747
msgid "Modified"
8748
msgstr ""
8749
8750
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:114(p)
8751
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
8752
msgstr ""
8753
8754
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
8755
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
8756
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(None)
8757
msgid ""
8758
"@@image: 'figures/nautilus-icons.png'; md5=c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e"
8759
msgstr ""
8760
8761
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(desc)
8762
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
8763
msgstr ""
8764
8765
#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(title)
8766
msgid "File manager display preferences"
8767
msgstr ""
8768
8769
#: C/nautilus-display.page:24(p)
8770
msgid ""
8771
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
8772
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
8773
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
8774
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
8775
msgstr ""
8776
8777
#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(title)
8778
msgid "Icon captions"
8779
msgstr ""
8780
8781
#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(p)
8782
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
8783
msgstr ""
8784
8785
#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(p)
8786
msgid ""
8787
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
8788
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
8789
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
8790
"modified."
8791
msgstr ""
8792
8793
#: C/nautilus-display.page:39(p)
8794
msgid ""
8795
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
8796
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
8797
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
8798
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
8799
msgstr ""
8800
8801
#: C/nautilus-display.page:43(p)
8802
msgid ""
8803
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
8804
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
8805
"information."
8806
msgstr ""
8807
8808
#: C/nautilus-display.page:46(p)
8809
msgid ""
8810
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
8811
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
8812
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
8813
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
8814
msgstr ""
8815
8816
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(title)
8817
msgid "Date format"
8818
msgstr ""
8819
8820
#: C/nautilus-display.page:53(p)
8821
msgid ""
8822
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
8823
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
8824
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
8825
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
8826
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
8827
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
8828
"showing the current date and time in that format."
8829
msgstr ""
8830
8831
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(desc)
8832
msgid ""
8833
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
8834
"WebDAV."
8835
msgstr ""
8836
8837
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20(title)
8838
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
8839
msgstr ""
8840
8841
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:22(p)
8842
msgid ""
8843
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
8844
"that server, exactly as if they were on your local machine or removable "
8845
"device. This is a convenient way to download or upload files, or to share "
8846
"files with users on your local network."
8847
msgstr ""
8848
8849
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28(p)
8850
msgid ""
8851
"To browse files over the network, first <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the "
8852
"file manager</link>"
8853
msgstr ""
8854
8855
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(p)
8856
msgid ""
8857
"Click <gui>Network</gui> in the side pane, or select <gui>Network</gui> from "
8858
"the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on your "
8859
"local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want "
8860
"to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer "
8861
"you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server."
8862
msgstr ""
8863
8864
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(title)
8865
msgid "Connect to a file server"
8866
msgstr ""
8867
8868
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:39(p)
8869
msgid ""
8870
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Connect to "
8871
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
8872
msgstr ""
8873
8874
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(p)
8875
msgid ""
8876
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
8877
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
8878
"on server types are listed below."
8879
msgstr ""
8880
8881
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(p)
8882
msgid ""
8883
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name. For "
8884
"computers on your local area network, however, you may have to use the "
8885
"computer's numeric IP address. If the other computer is running Ubuntu, see "
8886
"<link xref=\"net-findip\"/> to find that computer's internal IP address. "
8887
"Otherwise, check the help on that computer."
8888
msgstr ""
8889
8890
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(p)
8891
msgid ""
8892
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. Browse the files "
8893
"and folders just as you would for local files and folders."
8894
msgstr ""
8895
8896
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(p)
8897
msgid ""
8898
"Connecting to a server will also add that server to the side pane so you can "
8899
"access it quickly in the future. If you do not see the side pane in the file "
8900
"manager, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show Side "
8901
"Pane</gui></guiseq>."
8902
msgstr ""
8903
8904
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(p)
8905
msgid ""
8906
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
8907
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
8908
"name and password. You may not have permissions to perform certain actions "
8909
"on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably "
8910
"not be able to delete files."
8911
msgstr ""
8912
8913
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(title)
8914
msgid "Types of servers"
8915
msgstr ""
8916
8917
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(title)
8918
msgid "SSH"
8919
msgstr ""
8920
8921
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(p)
8922
msgid ""
8923
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
8924
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
8925
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
8926
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
8927
msgstr ""
8928
8929
#. COMMENT<cite>shaunm</cite><p>We should have a topics on encryption
8930
#. keys, possibly rolling the seahorse help into gnome-help. Then link
8931
#. from here.</p>END COMMENT
8932
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(p)
8933
msgid ""
8934
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
8935
"so that other users on your network can't sniff it."
8936
msgstr ""
8937
8938
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(title)
8939
msgid "FTP (with login)"
8940
msgstr ""
8941
8942
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(p)
8943
msgid ""
8944
"FTP is a popular protocol for exchanging files on the Internet. Because data "
8945
"is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
8946
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
8947
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
8948
"upload files."
8949
msgstr ""
8950
8951
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(title)
8952
msgid "Public FTP"
8953
msgstr ""
8954
8955
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(p)
8956
msgid ""
8957
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
8958
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
8959
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
8960
msgstr ""
8961
8962
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(p)
8963
msgid ""
8964
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
8965
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
8966
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
8967
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
8968
msgstr ""
8969
8970
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(title)
8971
msgid "Windows share"
8972
msgstr ""
8973
8974
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(p)
8975
msgid ""
8976
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
8977
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
8978
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
8979
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
8980
"share from the file manager."
8981
msgstr ""
8982
8983
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(title)
8984
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
8985
msgstr ""
8986
8987
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(p)
8988
msgid ""
8989
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
8990
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
8991
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
8992
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so your password and "
8993
"data can't be sniffed."
8994
msgstr ""
8995
8996
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(desc)
8997
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
8998
msgstr ""
8999
9000
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(title)
9001
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
9002
msgstr ""
9003
9004
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(p)
9005
msgid ""
9006
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
9007
"manager."
9008
msgstr ""
9009
9010
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(title)
9011
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
9012
msgstr ""
9013
9014
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(p) C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(p)
9015
msgid ""
9016
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
9017
msgstr ""
9018
9019
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25(p)
9020
msgid ""
9021
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
9022
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
9023
msgstr ""
9024
9025
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26(p)
9026
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
9027
msgstr ""
9028
9029
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30(title)
9030
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
9031
msgstr ""
9032
9033
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31(p)
9034
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
9035
msgstr ""
9036
9037
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32(p)
9038
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
9039
msgstr ""
9040
9041
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(title)
9042
msgid "Rename a bookmark"
9043
msgstr ""
9044
9045
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38(p)
9046
msgid ""
9047
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
9048
"rename."
9049
msgstr ""
9050
9051
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:39(p)
9052
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
9053
msgstr ""
9054
9055
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41(p)
9056
msgid ""
9057
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
9058
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
9059
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
9060
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
9061
"than the name of the folder it points to."
9062
msgstr ""
9063
9064
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(desc)
9065
msgid ""
9066
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
9067
"trash behavior."
9068
msgstr ""
9069
9070
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26(title)
9071
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
9072
msgstr ""
9073
9074
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:27(p)
9075
msgid ""
9076
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
9077
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
9078
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
9079
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
9080
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
9081
msgstr ""
9082
9083
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(title)
9084
msgid "Behavior"
9085
msgstr ""
9086
9087
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37(gui)
9088
msgid "Single click to open items"
9089
msgstr ""
9090
9091
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(gui)
9092
msgid "Double click to open items"
9093
msgstr ""
9094
9095
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39(p)
9096
msgid ""
9097
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
9098
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
9099
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
9100
"while clicking to select one or more files."
9101
msgstr ""
9102
9103
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45(gui)
9104
msgid "Open each folder in its own window"
9105
msgstr ""
9106
9107
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:46(p)
9108
msgid ""
9109
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
9110
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
9111
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
9112
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
9113
"own window by default."
9114
msgstr ""
9115
9116
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:56(title)
9117
msgid "Executable text files"
9118
msgstr ""
9119
9120
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:57(p)
9121
msgid ""
9122
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
9123
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
9124
"permissions#files\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to "
9125
"run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These "
9126
"have extensions .sh, .py, and .pl respectively."
9127
msgstr ""
9128
9129
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58(p)
9130
msgid ""
9131
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
9132
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
9133
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking "
9134
"if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
9135
msgstr ""
9136
9137
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65(title)
9138
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
9139
msgstr ""
9140
9141
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(title)
9142
msgid "Trash"
9143
msgstr ""
9144
9145
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71(gui)
9146
msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"
9147
msgstr ""
9148
9149
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(p)
9150
msgid ""
9151
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
9152
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
9153
"files."
9154
msgstr ""
9155
9156
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75(gui)
9157
msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"
9158
msgstr ""
9159
9160
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:76(p)
9161
msgid ""
9162
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
9163
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
9164
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
9165
msgstr ""
9166
9167
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78(p)
9168
msgid ""
9169
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
9170
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
9171
"to recover the deleted item."
9172
msgstr ""
9173
9174
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15(desc)
9175
msgid ""
9176
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
9177
"an audio player."
9178
msgstr ""
9179
9180
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(title)
9181
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
9182
msgstr ""
9183
9184
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(p)
9185
msgid ""
9186
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
9187
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
9188
"properly recognized as an audio player."
9189
msgstr ""
9190
9191
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(p)
9192
msgid ""
9193
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
9194
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
9195
"see the player listed in the side panel - click it to open the folder for "
9196
"the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New "
9197
"Document</gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type "
9198
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and "
9199
"underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells "
9200
"your computer to recognize the device as an audio player."
9201
msgstr ""
9202
9203
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(p)
9204
msgid ""
9205
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager side panel and eject it "
9206
"(right-click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. "
9207
"This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
9208
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
9209
msgstr ""
9210
9211
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(p)
9212
msgid ""
9213
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
9214
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
9215
"should say in its manual if it is."
9216
msgstr ""
9217
9218
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(p)
9219
msgid ""
9220
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
9221
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
9222
"file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
9223
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
9224
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
9225
msgstr ""
9226
9227
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14(desc)
9228
msgid ""
9229
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
9230
"use them."
9231
msgstr ""
9232
9233
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(title)
9234
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
9235
msgstr ""
9236
9237
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(p)
9238
msgid ""
9239
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
9240
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
9241
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
9242
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
9243
msgstr ""
9244
9245
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(p)
9246
msgid ""
9247
"To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
9248
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the "
9249
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
9250
"or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."
9251
msgstr ""
9252
9253
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(p)
9254
msgid ""
9255
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
9256
"into a Linux computer."
9257
msgstr ""
9258
9259
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14(desc)
9260
msgid ""
9261
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
9262
msgstr ""
9263
9264
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(title)
9265
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
9266
msgstr ""
9267
9268
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(p)
9269
msgid ""
9270
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
9271
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
9272
"application in the <gui>Launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
9273
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
9274
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
9275
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
9276
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
9277
msgstr ""
9278
9279
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(p)
9280
msgid ""
9281
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
9282
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
9283
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
9284
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
9285
msgstr ""
9286
9287
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(p)
9288
msgid ""
9289
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
9290
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
9291
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
9292
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
9293
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
9294
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
9295
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
9296
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
9297
msgstr ""
9298
9299
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14(desc)
9300
msgid ""
9301
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
9302
"\"copy protected\"."
9303
msgstr ""
9304
9305
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(title)
9306
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
9307
msgstr ""
9308
9309
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(p)
9310
msgid ""
9311
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
9312
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
9313
"computer and then copied it over."
9314
msgstr ""
9315
9316
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(p)
9317
msgid ""
9318
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
9319
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
9320
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
9321
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
9322
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
9323
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
9324
"that format so that you can play it."
9325
msgstr ""
9326
9327
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(p)
9328
msgid ""
9329
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
9330
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
9331
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
9332
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
9333
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
9334
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
9335
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
9336
"supported on Linux."
9337
msgstr ""
9338
9339
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(p)
9340
msgid ""
9341
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
9342
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
9343
msgstr ""
9344
9345
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(desc)
9346
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
9347
msgstr ""
9348
9349
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(title)
9350
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
9351
msgstr ""
9352
9353
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(p)
9354
msgid ""
9355
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
9356
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
9357
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
9358
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
9359
msgstr ""
9360
9361
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22(p)
9362
msgid ""
9363
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
9364
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
9365
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
9366
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
9367
msgstr ""
9368
9369
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(desc)
9370
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
9371
msgstr ""
9372
9373
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17(title)
9374
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
9375
msgstr ""
9376
9377
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:19(p)
9378
msgid ""
9379
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
9380
"without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and "
9381
"touchpad settings."
9382
msgstr ""
9383
9384
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(p) C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(p) C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(p) C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:29(p) C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(p) C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(p)
9385
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Mouse</gui>."
9386
msgstr ""
9387
9388
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(p)
9389
msgid "Select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
9390
msgstr ""
9391
9392
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(p)
9393
msgid ""
9394
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
9395
"mouse clicks with touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To double-"
9396
"click, tap twice. To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger "
9397
"after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger "
9398
"to drop. You still need to use hardware buttons to right-click."
9399
msgstr ""
9400
9401
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36(p)
9402
msgid ""
9403
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
9404
"using two fingers."
9405
msgstr ""
9406
9407
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(p)
9408
msgid ""
9409
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
9410
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
9411
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
9412
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
9413
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
9414
msgstr ""
9415
9416
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46(p)
9417
msgid ""
9418
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
9419
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
9420
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
9421
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
9422
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
9423
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
9424
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
9425
"touchpad."
9426
msgstr ""
9427
9428
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:56(p)
9429
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
9430
msgstr ""
9431
9432
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(desc)
9433
msgid ""
9434
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
9435
msgstr ""
9436
9437
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(title)
9438
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
9439
msgstr ""
9440
9441
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(p)
9442
msgid ""
9443
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
9444
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
9445
"devices."
9446
msgstr ""
9447
9448
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(p)
9449
msgid ""
9450
"Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until "
9451
"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your "
9452
"pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
9453
msgstr ""
9454
9455
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(p)
9456
msgid ""
9457
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
9458
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
9459
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
9460
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
9461
msgstr ""
9462
9463
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(desc)
9464
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
9465
msgstr ""
9466
9467
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:19(title)
9468
msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"
9469
msgstr ""
9470
9471
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24(title)
9472
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
9473
msgstr ""
9474
9475
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(p)
9476
msgid ""
9477
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
9478
"computer."
9479
msgstr ""
9480
9481
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(p)
9482
msgid ""
9483
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
9484
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
9485
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
9486
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
9487
"if it was not plugged in."
9488
msgstr ""
9489
9490
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:39(title)
9491
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
9492
msgstr ""
9493
9494
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46(p)
9495
msgid ""
9496
"In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | "
9497
"grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
9498
msgstr ""
9499
9500
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:52(p)
9501
msgid ""
9502
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
9503
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
9504
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
9505
"of it."
9506
msgstr ""
9507
9508
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(p)
9509
msgid ""
9510
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
9511
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
9512
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
9513
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-"
9514
"in\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working "
9515
"condition</link>."
9516
msgstr ""
9517
9518
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(p)
9519
msgid ""
9520
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
9521
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
9522
"of your mouse."
9523
msgstr ""
9524
9525
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:68(p)
9526
msgid ""
9527
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
9528
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
9529
"detected properly."
9530
msgstr ""
9531
9532
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84(title)
9533
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
9534
msgstr ""
9535
9536
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:85(p)
9537
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
9538
msgstr ""
9539
9540
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(p)
9541
msgid ""
9542
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
9543
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
9544
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
9545
"broken."
9546
msgstr ""
9547
9548
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(title)
9549
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
9550
msgstr ""
9551
9552
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:100(p)
9553
msgid ""
9554
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
9555
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."
9556
msgstr ""
9557
9558
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(p)
9559
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
9560
msgstr ""
9561
9562
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(p)
9563
msgid ""
9564
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
9565
msgstr ""
9566
9567
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(p)
9568
msgid ""
9569
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
9570
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
9571
msgstr ""
9572
9573
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(p)
9574
msgid ""
9575
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
9576
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
9577
"this is the case."
9578
msgstr ""
9579
9580
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:130(p)
9581
msgid ""
9582
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
9583
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
9584
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
9585
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
9586
msgstr ""
9587
9588
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(desc)
9589
msgid ""
9590
"How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move mouse pointer with "
9591
"keypad."
9592
msgstr ""
9593
9594
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25(title)
9595
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using a keypad"
9596
msgstr ""
9597
9598
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:27(p)
9599
msgid ""
9600
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
9601
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."
9602
msgstr ""
9603
9604
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(p)
9605
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> tab."
9606
msgstr ""
9607
9608
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(p)
9609
msgid "Click <gui>Pointer can be controlled using the keypad</gui>."
9610
msgstr ""
9611
9612
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(p)
9613
msgid ""
9614
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
9615
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
9616
msgstr ""
9617
9618
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:44(p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42(p) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42(p)
9619
msgid ""
9620
"You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-"
9621
"icon\">universal access menu</link>."
9622
msgstr ""
9623
9624
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:47(p)
9625
msgid ""
9626
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
9627
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
9628
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
9629
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
9630
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
9631
msgstr ""
9632
9633
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55(p)
9634
msgid ""
9635
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
9636
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
9637
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
9638
"or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key "
9639
"which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, "
9640
"however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where "
9641
"your mouse pointer is."
9642
msgstr ""
9643
9644
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(p)
9645
msgid ""
9646
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, "
9647
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
9648
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
9649
msgstr ""
9650
9651
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72(p)
9652
msgid ""
9653
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
9654
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
9655
msgstr ""
9656
9657
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(desc)
9658
msgid "Use the middle mouse button to paste text or open tabs."
9659
msgstr ""
9660
9661
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23(title)
9662
msgid "Middle click"
9663
msgstr ""
9664
9665
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:25(p)
9666
msgid ""
9667
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
9668
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
9669
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
9670
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
9671
msgstr ""
9672
9673
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31(p)
9674
msgid ""
9675
"Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts. One common "
9676
"shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary "
9677
"selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you "
9678
"want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse "
9679
"position."
9680
msgstr ""
9681
9682
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(p)
9683
msgid ""
9684
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
9685
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
9686
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
9687
msgstr ""
9688
9689
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(p)
9690
msgid ""
9691
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
9692
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
9693
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
9694
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
9695
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
9696
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
9697
"<key>Enter</key>."
9698
msgstr ""
9699
9700
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50(p)
9701
msgid ""
9702
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
9703
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
9704
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
9705
"had double-clicked."
9706
msgstr ""
9707
9708
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:55(p)
9709
msgid ""
9710
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
9711
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
9712
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
9713
msgstr ""
9714
9715
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(desc)
9716
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
9717
msgstr ""
9718
9719
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(title)
9720
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
9721
msgstr ""
9722
9723
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:23(p)
9724
msgid ""
9725
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
9726
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
9727
msgstr ""
9728
9729
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(p)
9730
msgid ""
9731
"On the <gui>General</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings "
9732
"will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
9733
msgstr ""
9734
9735
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:14(desc)
9736
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
9737
msgstr ""
9738
9739
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:18(title)
9740
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
9741
msgstr ""
9742
9743
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(p)
9744
msgid ""
9745
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
9746
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
9747
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
9748
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
9749
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
9750
msgstr ""
9751
9752
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(p)
9753
msgid ""
9754
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
9755
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
9756
"titlebar to test the current value."
9757
msgstr ""
9758
9759
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(desc)
9760
msgid ""
9761
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
9762
"double-click."
9763
msgstr ""
9764
9765
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24(title)
9766
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
9767
msgstr ""
9768
9769
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:26(p)
9770
msgid ""
9771
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
9772
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
9773
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
9774
"mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."
9775
msgstr ""
9776
9777
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(p)
9778
msgid ""
9779
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
9780
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the light bulb under the slider to test "
9781
"your settings. A single click will make it light up for a second. A double-"
9782
"click will make it light up until you click again."
9783
msgstr ""
9784
9785
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(p)
9786
msgid ""
9787
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
9788
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
9789
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
9790
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
9791
"if it still has the same problem."
9792
msgstr ""
9793
9794
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(desc)
9795
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
9796
msgstr ""
9797
9798
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19(title)
9799
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
9800
msgstr ""
9801
9802
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:21(p)
9803
msgid ""
9804
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
9805
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
9806
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
9807
"after your last key stroke."
9808
msgstr ""
9809
9810
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(p)
9811
msgid ""
9812
"Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab and select <gui>Disable touchpad while "
9813
"typing</gui>."
9814
msgstr ""
9815
9816
#: C/mouse.page:7(desc)
9817
msgid ""
9818
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
9819
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
9820
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
9821
msgstr ""
9822
9823
#: C/mouse.page:21(title)
9824
msgid "Mouse"
9825
msgstr ""
9826
9827
#: C/mouse.page:26(title)
9828
msgid "Common mouse problems"
9829
msgstr ""
9830
9831
#: C/mouse.page:27(title) C/mouse.page:29(title) C/files-rename.page:51(title)
9832
msgid "Common problems"
9833
msgstr ""
9834
9835
#: C/more-help.page:19(desc)
9836
msgid ""
9837
"Can't find your answer? <link xref=\"get-involved\">Found a "
9838
"problem?</link><link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this "
9839
"guide</link>..."
9840
msgstr ""
9841
9842
#: C/more-help.page:22(title)
9843
msgid "Get more help"
9844
msgstr ""
9845
9846
#: C/media.page:14(desc)
9847
msgid ""
9848
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
9849
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
9850
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
9851
msgstr ""
9852
9853
#: C/media.page:22(title)
9854
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
9855
msgstr ""
9856
9857
#: C/media.page:26(title) C/media.page:27(title)
9858
msgid "Sound"
9859
msgstr ""
9860
9861
#: C/media.page:28(desc)
9862
msgid ""
9863
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
9864
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
9865
"usemic\">microphones</link>..."
9866
msgstr ""
9867
9868
#: C/media.page:35(title)
9869
msgid "Basic sound"
9870
msgstr ""
9871
9872
#: C/media.page:39(title)
9873
msgid "Music and players"
9874
msgstr ""
9875
9876
#: C/media.page:40(title)
9877
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
9878
msgstr ""
9879
9880
#: C/media.page:44(title)
9881
msgid "Photos"
9882
msgstr ""
9883
9884
#: C/media.page:45(title)
9885
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
9886
msgstr ""
9887
9888
#: C/media.page:49(title)
9889
msgid "Videos"
9890
msgstr ""
9891
9892
#: C/media.page:50(title)
9893
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
9894
msgstr ""
9895
9896
#: C/look-resolution.page:10(desc)
9897
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
9898
msgstr ""
9899
9900
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(name) C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(name) C/look-background.page:21(name) C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:14(name) C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15(name) C/display-dimscreen.page:17(name) C/disk-check.page:14(name) C/disk-capacity.page:14(name) C/disk-benchmark.page:14(name)
9901
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
9902
msgstr ""
9903
9904
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(title)
9905
msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"
9906
msgstr ""
9907
9908
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(p)
9909
msgid ""
9910
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
9911
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
9912
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
9913
"<em>rotation</em>."
9914
msgstr ""
9915
9916
#: C/look-resolution.page:27(p)
9917
msgid ""
9918
"To change either of these options, click the icon on the very right of the "
9919
"panel and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and "
9920
"open <gui>Monitors</gui>."
9921
msgstr ""
9922
9923
#: C/look-resolution.page:30(p)
9924
msgid ""
9925
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
9926
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
9927
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
9928
msgstr ""
9929
9930
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(title)
9931
msgid "Resolution"
9932
msgstr ""
9933
9934
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(p)
9935
msgid ""
9936
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
9937
"direction that can be displayed."
9938
msgstr ""
9939
9940
#: C/look-resolution.page:36(p)
9941
msgid ""
9942
"You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. "
9943
"Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may "
9944
"<link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
9945
msgstr ""
9946
9947
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(p)
9948
msgid ""
9949
"To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait "
9950
"for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. "
9951
"Otherwise, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui> in the window that "
9952
"appears."
9953
msgstr ""
9954
9955
#: C/look-resolution.page:42(title)
9956
msgid "Rotation"
9957
msgstr ""
9958
9959
#: C/look-resolution.page:43(p)
9960
msgid ""
9961
"There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many "
9962
"directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You "
9963
"can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."
9964
msgstr ""
9965
9966
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(p)
9967
msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
9968
msgstr ""
9969
9970
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(desc)
9971
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
9972
msgstr ""
9973
9974
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:24(title)
9975
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
9976
msgstr ""
9977
9978
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(p)
9979
msgid ""
9980
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
9981
"the right one for your screen."
9982
msgstr ""
9983
9984
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(p)
9985
msgid ""
9986
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the panel and go to "
9987
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
9988
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
9989
"the one that makes the screen look better."
9990
msgstr ""
9991
9992
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:38(title)
9993
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
9994
msgstr ""
9995
9996
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(p)
9997
msgid ""
9998
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
9999
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
10000
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
10001
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
10002
msgstr ""
10003
10004
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(p)
10005
msgid ""
10006
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
10007
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
10008
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
10009
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
10010
"window on both screens at once."
10011
msgstr ""
10012
10013
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(p)
10014
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
10015
msgstr ""
10016
10017
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51(p)
10018
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Monitors</gui>."
10019
msgstr ""
10020
10021
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54(p)
10022
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
10023
msgstr ""
10024
10025
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:58(p)
10026
msgid ""
10027
"Select each display in turn from the blue box at the top of the <gui>Monitor "
10028
"Preferences</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
10029
"display looks right."
10030
msgstr ""
10031
10032
#: C/look-background.page:9(desc)
10033
msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."
10034
msgstr ""
10035
10036
#: C/look-background.page:17(name)
10037
msgid "April Gonzales"
10038
msgstr ""
10039
10040
#: C/look-background.page:18(email)
10041
msgid "loonycookie@gmail.com"
10042
msgstr ""
10043
10044
#: C/look-background.page:30(title)
10045
msgid "Change the desktop background"
10046
msgstr ""
10047
10048
#: C/look-background.page:32(p)
10049
msgid ""
10050
"You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a "
10051
"simple color or gradient."
10052
msgstr ""
10053
10054
#: C/look-background.page:35(p)
10055
msgid ""
10056
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
10057
msgstr ""
10058
10059
#: C/look-background.page:39(p)
10060
msgid ""
10061
"You can choose to use one of the many professional background images that "
10062
"ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the default wallpaper and the "
10063
"astronomy set, all of the shipped wallpapers were created by winners of a "
10064
"Community Wallpaper Contest."
10065
msgstr ""
10066
10067
#: C/look-background.page:44(p)
10068
msgid ""
10069
"Instead of a picture, you can show a solid color. Select the blank picture "
10070
"in the top left of the background chooser. Then choose a color with the "
10071
"selector button in the bottom right corner."
10072
msgstr ""
10073
10074
#: C/look-background.page:47(p)
10075
msgid ""
10076
"You can also just show a horizontal or vertical gradiant. Select the blank "
10077
"picture in the top left of the background chooser. Then, select the gradiant "
10078
"direction you want in the <gui>Colors</gui> dropdown. Color selector buttons "
10079
"will appear in the bottom right corner."
10080
msgstr ""
10081
10082
#: C/look-background.page:52(p)
10083
msgid ""
10084
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
10085
"<gui>Add</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up in the "
10086
"background chooser. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and "
10087
"clicking the <gui>Remove</gui> button."
10088
msgstr ""
10089
10090
#: C/look-background.page:58(p)
10091
msgid ""
10092
"Select an image. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref=\"shell-"
10093
"workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire "
10094
"desktop."
10095
msgstr ""
10096
10097
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:17(desc)
10098
msgid ""
10099
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
10100
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
10101
msgstr ""
10102
10103
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:21(title)
10104
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
10105
msgstr ""
10106
10107
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(p)
10108
msgid ""
10109
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
10110
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
10111
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
10112
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
10113
msgstr ""
10114
10115
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(p)
10116
msgid ""
10117
"On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is "
10118
"held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the "
10119
"<gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to "
10120
"begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how "
10121
"quickly key presses repeat."
10122
msgstr ""
10123
10124
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(desc)
10125
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
10126
msgstr ""
10127
10128
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17(title)
10129
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
10130
msgstr ""
10131
10132
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(p)
10133
msgid ""
10134
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
10135
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
10136
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
10137
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
10138
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
10139
"languages."
10140
msgstr ""
10141
10142
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(p)
10143
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
10144
msgstr ""
10145
10146
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(p)
10147
msgid ""
10148
"Click the <gui>Add</gui> button, select a layout under the <gui>By "
10149
"country</gui> or <gui>By language</gui> tabs, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
10150
msgstr ""
10151
10152
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(p)
10153
msgid ""
10154
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
10155
"keyboard layout indicator menu in the panel. The menu will display a short "
10156
"string identifying the current layout, such as <gui>USA</gui> or "
10157
"<gui>GBr</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
10158
"and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
10159
msgstr ""
10160
10161
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40(p)
10162
msgid ""
10163
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
10164
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
10165
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
10166
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
10167
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
10168
msgstr ""
10169
10170
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46(p)
10171
msgid ""
10172
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
10173
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
10174
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
10175
"<gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to move layouts up and "
10176
"down in the list."
10177
msgstr ""
10178
10179
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:8(desc)
10180
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
10181
msgstr ""
10182
10183
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:20(title)
10184
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
10185
msgstr ""
10186
10187
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(p)
10188
msgid ""
10189
"You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard "
10190
"cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to "
10191
"adjust the speed of it:"
10192
msgstr ""
10193
10194
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26(p)
10195
msgid ""
10196
"Click the icon at the far right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
10197
"Settings</gui>."
10198
msgstr ""
10199
10200
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(p)
10201
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
10202
msgstr ""
10203
10204
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(p)
10205
msgid ""
10206
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
10207
msgstr ""
10208
10209
#: C/keyboard.page:10(desc)
10210
msgid ""
10211
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
10212
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
10213
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
10214
msgstr ""
10215
10216
#: C/keyboard.page:23(title)
10217
msgid "Keyboard"
10218
msgstr ""
10219
10220
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
10221
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
10222
#: C/index.page:16(None)
10223
msgid ""
10224
"@@image: 'figures/ubuntu-logo.png'; md5=d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11"
10225
msgstr ""
10226
10227
#: C/index.page:7(desc) C/index.page:9(title) C/index.page:10(title)
10228
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
10229
msgstr ""
10230
10231
#: C/index.page:16(title)
10232
msgid ""
10233
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
10234
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
10235
msgstr ""
10236
10237
#: C/index.page:34(p)
10238
msgid ""
10239
"This help applies if you are using the default <gui>Unity</gui> desktop. "
10240
"Help is also available for the <link href=\"ghelp:gnome-classic-"
10241
"index\">Ubuntu Classic desktop session</link>."
10242
msgstr ""
10243
10244
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:14(desc)
10245
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
10246
msgstr ""
10247
10248
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(title)
10249
msgid "Screen problems"
10250
msgstr ""
10251
10252
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(p)
10253
msgid ""
10254
"Most problems with the display are caused by graphics drivers that aren't "
10255
"working properly or the wrong settings being used. Which of the topics below "
10256
"best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
10257
msgstr ""
10258
10259
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:14(desc)
10260
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
10261
msgstr ""
10262
10263
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:19(title)
10264
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
10265
msgstr ""
10266
10267
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(p)
10268
msgid ""
10269
"Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. "
10270
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
10271
msgstr ""
10272
10273
#: C/hardware.page:14(title)
10274
msgid "Hardware"
10275
msgstr ""
10276
10277
#: C/hardware.page:16(desc)
10278
msgid ""
10279
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
10280
"xref=\"hardware#printing\">printers</link>, <link "
10281
"xref=\"hardware#power\">power settings</link>, <link "
10282
"xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link "
10283
"xref=\"hardware#disk\">disk</link>..."
10284
msgstr ""
10285
10286
#: C/hardware.page:27(title)
10287
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
10288
msgstr ""
10289
10290
#: C/hardware.page:30(title)
10291
msgid "Drivers"
10292
msgstr ""
10293
10294
#: C/hardware.page:34(title)
10295
msgid "Other topic groups"
10296
msgstr ""
10297
10298
#: C/hardware.page:39(title)
10299
msgid "Troubleshooting"
10300
msgstr ""
10301
10302
#: C/hardware.page:41(title)
10303
msgid "Troubleshooting hardware problems"
10304
msgstr ""
10305
10306
#: C/hardware.page:60(title)
10307
msgid "Power"
10308
msgstr ""
10309
10310
#: C/hardware.page:62(title)
10311
msgid "Power and batteries"
10312
msgstr ""
10313
10314
#: C/hardware.page:66(title)
10315
msgid "Bluetooth"
10316
msgstr ""
10317
10318
#: C/hardware.page:70(title)
10319
msgid "Disks"
10320
msgstr ""
10321
10322
#: C/hardware.page:71(title)
10323
msgid "Hard disks and other storage devices"
10324
msgstr ""
10325
10326
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(desc)
10327
msgid ""
10328
"A hardware/device driver is something that allows your computer to use "
10329
"devices that are attached to it."
10330
msgstr ""
10331
10332
#: C/hardware-driver.page:19(title)
10333
msgid "What is a driver?"
10334
msgstr ""
10335
10336
#: C/hardware-driver.page:21(p)
10337
msgid ""
10338
"There are lots of different devices that can be attached to your computer. "
10339
"These can include things that are attached to it externally, like printers "
10340
"and monitors, to things that are inside the computer itself, like graphics "
10341
"cards and sound cards."
10342
msgstr ""
10343
10344
#: C/hardware-driver.page:23(p)
10345
msgid ""
10346
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
10347
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
10348
"<em>device driver</em>."
10349
msgstr ""
10350
10351
#: C/hardware-driver.page:25(p)
10352
msgid ""
10353
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
10354
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug-in a printer but "
10355
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
10356
"Normally, different makes and models of device have different drivers, so "
10357
"you can't use the driver for one device to try and get a different device to "
10358
"work."
10359
msgstr ""
10360
10361
#: C/hardware-driver.page:27(p)
10362
msgid ""
10363
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
10364
"everything should just work when you plug it in. Some devices don't have "
10365
"drivers, however, so may not work. You might need to install the correct "
10366
"driver yourself, or the correct driver may not even be available!"
10367
msgstr ""
10368
10369
#: C/hardware-driver.page:29(p)
10370
msgid ""
10371
"In addition, some drivers are incomplete or don't work properly. In this "
10372
"case, some of the features of your device may not work; for example, you "
10373
"might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing."
10374
msgstr ""
10375
10376
#: C/get-involved.page:8(desc)
10377
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
10378
msgstr ""
10379
10380
#: C/get-involved.page:20(title)
10381
msgid "Noticed a problem with the help?"
10382
msgstr ""
10383
10384
#: C/get-involved.page:21(p)
10385
msgid ""
10386
"If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect "
10387
"instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a "
10388
"<em>bug report</em>."
10389
msgstr ""
10390
10391
#: C/get-involved.page:24(p)
10392
msgid ""
10393
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
10394
"<input>ubuntu-bug gnome-user-guide</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin "
10395
"the bug collection process."
10396
msgstr ""
10397
10398
#: C/get-involved.page:27(p)
10399
msgid ""
10400
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
10401
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
10402
msgstr ""
10403
10404
#: C/get-involved.page:30(p)
10405
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
10406
msgstr ""
10407
10408
#: C/files-tilde.page:8(desc)
10409
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
10410
msgstr ""
10411
10412
#: C/files-tilde.page:21(title)
10413
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
10414
msgstr ""
10415
10416
#: C/files-tilde.page:24(p)
10417
msgid ""
10418
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
10419
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
10420
"documents edited in the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other "
10421
"applications. It is normally safe to delete them, but there really is no "
10422
"need to."
10423
msgstr ""
10424
10425
#: C/files-tilde.page:26(p)
10426
msgid ""
10427
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
10428
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
10429
"or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them "
10430
"again by repeating one of these steps."
10431
msgstr ""
10432
10433
#: C/files-tilde.page:29(p)
10434
msgid ""
10435
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
10436
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
10437
msgstr ""
10438
10439
#: C/files-sort.page:7(desc)
10440
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
10441
msgstr ""
10442
10443
#: C/files-sort.page:20(title)
10444
msgid "Sort files and folders"
10445
msgstr ""
10446
10447
#: C/files-sort.page:22(p)
10448
msgid ""
10449
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
10450
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
10451
"list of common ways to sort files."
10452
msgstr ""
10453
10454
#: C/files-sort.page:24(p)
10455
msgid ""
10456
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
10457
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
10458
msgstr ""
10459
10460
#: C/files-sort.page:27(p)
10461
msgid ""
10462
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
10463
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
10464
"but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
10465
"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
10466
msgstr ""
10467
10468
#: C/files-sort.page:33(title)
10469
msgid "Icon view"
10470
msgstr ""
10471
10472
#: C/files-sort.page:34(p)
10473
msgid ""
10474
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
10475
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
10476
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
10477
msgstr ""
10478
10479
#: C/files-sort.page:35(p)
10480
msgid ""
10481
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
10482
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
10483
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
10484
msgstr ""
10485
10486
#: C/files-sort.page:36(p)
10487
msgid ""
10488
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
10489
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
10490
msgstr ""
10491
10492
#: C/files-sort.page:37(p)
10493
msgid ""
10494
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
10495
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
10496
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
10497
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
10498
msgstr ""
10499
10500
#: C/files-sort.page:38(p)
10501
msgid ""
10502
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
10503
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
10504
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
10505
msgstr ""
10506
10507
#: C/files-sort.page:42(title)
10508
msgid "List view"
10509
msgstr ""
10510
10511
#: C/files-sort.page:43(p)
10512
msgid ""
10513
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
10514
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
10515
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
10516
msgstr ""
10517
10518
#: C/files-sort.page:44(p)
10519
msgid ""
10520
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
10521
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
10522
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
10523
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
10524
"of available columns."
10525
msgstr ""
10526
10527
#: C/files-sort.page:48(title)
10528
msgid "Compact view"
10529
msgstr ""
10530
10531
#: C/files-sort.page:49(p)
10532
msgid ""
10533
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
10534
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
10535
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
10536
msgstr ""
10537
10538
#: C/files-sort.page:53(title)
10539
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
10540
msgstr ""
10541
10542
#: C/files-sort.page:56(title)
10543
msgid "By Name"
10544
msgstr ""
10545
10546
#: C/files-sort.page:57(p)
10547
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
10548
msgstr ""
10549
10550
#: C/files-sort.page:60(title)
10551
msgid "By Size"
10552
msgstr ""
10553
10554
#: C/files-sort.page:61(p)
10555
msgid ""
10556
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
10557
"smallest to largest by default."
10558
msgstr ""
10559
10560
#: C/files-sort.page:64(title)
10561
msgid "By Type"
10562
msgstr ""
10563
10564
#: C/files-sort.page:65(p)
10565
msgid ""
10566
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
10567
"together, then sorted by name."
10568
msgstr ""
10569
10570
#: C/files-sort.page:68(title)
10571
msgid "By Modification Date"
10572
msgstr ""
10573
10574
#: C/files-sort.page:69(p)
10575
msgid ""
10576
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
10577
"to newest by default."
10578
msgstr ""
10579
10580
#: C/files-share.page:9(desc)
10581
msgid ""
10582
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
10583
msgstr ""
10584
10585
#: C/files-share.page:23(title)
10586
msgid "Share and transfer files"
10587
msgstr ""
10588
10589
#. COMMENT
10590
#. <cite date="2011-04-01">shaunm</cite>
10591
#. <p>If we get gnome-user-share integrated nicely in 3.2, we should discuss
10592
#. or link that here.</p>
10593
#. END COMMENT
10594
#: C/files-share.page:31(p)
10595
msgid ""
10596
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
10597
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
10598
"from the file manager."
10599
msgstr ""
10600
10601
#: C/files-share.page:36(p)
10602
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
10603
msgstr ""
10604
10605
#: C/files-share.page:37(p)
10606
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
10607
msgstr ""
10608
10609
#: C/files-share.page:38(p)
10610
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
10611
msgstr ""
10612
10613
#: C/files-share.page:39(p)
10614
msgid ""
10615
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
10616
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
10617
"information."
10618
msgstr ""
10619
10620
#: C/files-share.page:45(p)
10621
msgid ""
10622
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
10623
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
10624
"automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
10625
msgstr ""
10626
10627
#: C/files-share.page:51(title)
10628
msgid "Destinations"
10629
msgstr ""
10630
10631
#: C/files-share.page:55(p)
10632
msgid ""
10633
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
10634
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
10635
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
10636
msgstr ""
10637
10638
#: C/files-share.page:59(p)
10639
msgid ""
10640
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
10641
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
10642
msgstr ""
10643
10644
#: C/files-share.page:61(p)
10645
msgid ""
10646
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
10647
"Push)</gui>. See <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\"/> for more information."
10648
msgstr ""
10649
10650
#: C/files-share.page:64(p)
10651
msgid ""
10652
"To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
10653
"it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
10654
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
10655
msgstr ""
10656
10657
#: C/files-select.page:13(desc)
10658
msgid ""
10659
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
10660
"which have similar names."
10661
msgstr ""
10662
10663
#: C/files-select.page:16(title)
10664
msgid "Select files by pattern"
10665
msgstr ""
10666
10667
#: C/files-select.page:18(p)
10668
msgid ""
10669
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
10670
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
10671
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
10672
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
10673
"available:"
10674
msgstr ""
10675
10676
#: C/files-select.page:25(p)
10677
msgid ""
10678
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
10679
"all."
10680
msgstr ""
10681
10682
#: C/files-select.page:27(p)
10683
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
10684
msgstr ""
10685
10686
#: C/files-select.page:30(p)
10687
msgid "For example:"
10688
msgstr ""
10689
10690
#: C/files-select.page:33(p)
10691
msgid ""
10692
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
10693
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
10694
"pattern"
10695
msgstr ""
10696
10697
#: C/files-select.page:36(file)
10698
msgid "Invoice.*"
10699
msgstr ""
10700
10701
#: C/files-select.page:38(p)
10702
msgid ""
10703
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
10704
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
10705
"all with the pattern"
10706
msgstr ""
10707
10708
#: C/files-select.page:41(file)
10709
msgid "Vacation-???.jpg"
10710
msgstr ""
10711
10712
#: C/files-select.page:43(p)
10713
msgid ""
10714
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
10715
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
10716
"edited, select the edited photos with"
10717
msgstr ""
10718
10719
#: C/files-select.page:46(file)
10720
msgid "Vacation-???-edited.jpg"
10721
msgstr ""
10722
10723
#: C/files-search.page:9(desc)
10724
msgid ""
10725
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
10726
msgstr ""
10727
10728
#: C/files-search.page:23(title)
10729
msgid "Search for files"
10730
msgstr ""
10731
10732
#: C/files-search.page:25(p)
10733
msgid ""
10734
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
10735
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
10736
"special folders in your home folder."
10737
msgstr ""
10738
10739
#: C/files-search.page:30(title)
10740
msgid "Other search applications"
10741
msgstr ""
10742
10743
#: C/files-search.page:36(title)
10744
msgid "Search"
10745
msgstr ""
10746
10747
#: C/files-search.page:37(link)
10748
msgid "Open the file manager"
10749
msgstr ""
10750
10751
#: C/files-search.page:38(p)
10752
msgid ""
10753
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
10754
"folder."
10755
msgstr ""
10756
10757
#: C/files-search.page:40(p)
10758
msgid ""
10759
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press "
10760
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
10761
msgstr ""
10762
10763
#: C/files-search.page:42(p)
10764
msgid ""
10765
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
10766
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
10767
"<input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."
10768
msgstr ""
10769
10770
#: C/files-search.page:46(p)
10771
msgid ""
10772
"You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
10773
"<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File "
10774
"Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file "
10775
"type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to "
10776
"narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click "
10777
"<gui>Reload</gui> to search again."
10778
msgstr ""
10779
10780
#: C/files-search.page:53(p)
10781
msgid ""
10782
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
10783
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
10784
msgstr ""
10785
10786
#: C/files-search.page:56(p)
10787
msgid ""
10788
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
10789
"to the folder."
10790
msgstr ""
10791
10792
#: C/files-search.page:60(p)
10793
msgid ""
10794
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
10795
"quickly."
10796
msgstr ""
10797
10798
#: C/files-search.page:64(title)
10799
msgid "Save a search"
10800
msgstr ""
10801
10802
#: C/files-search.page:65(p)
10803
msgid "Start a search as above."
10804
msgstr ""
10805
10806
#: C/files-search.page:66(p)
10807
msgid ""
10808
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click "
10809
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
10810
msgstr ""
10811
10812
#: C/files-search.page:68(p)
10813
msgid ""
10814
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
10815
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
10816
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
10817
msgstr ""
10818
10819
#: C/files-rename.page:7(desc)
10820
msgid "Change file or folder name."
10821
msgstr ""
10822
10823
#: C/files-rename.page:20(title)
10824
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
10825
msgstr ""
10826
10827
#: C/files-rename.page:23(p) C/files-removedrive.page:26(p) C/files-autorun.page:30(p)
10828
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
10829
msgstr ""
10830
10831
#: C/files-rename.page:24(p)
10832
msgid ""
10833
"Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the "
10834
"file and press <key>F2</key>."
10835
msgstr ""
10836
10837
#: C/files-rename.page:26(p)
10838
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
10839
msgstr ""
10840
10841
#: C/files-rename.page:29(p)
10842
msgid ""
10843
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
10844
"basic\">properties</link> window."
10845
msgstr ""
10846
10847
#: C/files-rename.page:32(p)
10848
msgid ""
10849
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
10850
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
10851
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
10852
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
10853
"change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press "
10854
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."
10855
msgstr ""
10856
10857
#: C/files-rename.page:35(title)
10858
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
10859
msgstr ""
10860
10861
#: C/files-rename.page:36(p)
10862
msgid ""
10863
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
10864
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
10865
"restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often "
10866
"formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you "
10867
"intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you "
10868
"should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
10869
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
10870
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
10871
msgstr ""
10872
10873
#: C/files-rename.page:45(p)
10874
msgid ""
10875
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
10876
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
10877
msgstr ""
10878
10879
#: C/files-rename.page:54(title)
10880
msgid "The name is already used"
10881
msgstr ""
10882
10883
#: C/files-rename.page:55(p)
10884
msgid ""
10885
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
10886
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
10887
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
10888
msgstr ""
10889
10890
#: C/files-rename.page:58(p)
10891
msgid ""
10892
"File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> "
10893
"and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's "
10894
"not always a good idea."
10895
msgstr ""
10896
10897
#: C/files-rename.page:63(title)
10898
msgid "File name too long"
10899
msgstr ""
10900
10901
#: C/files-rename.page:64(p)
10902
msgid ""
10903
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
10904
"their names. Use a shorter name."
10905
msgstr ""
10906
10907
#: C/files-rename.page:67(title)
10908
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
10909
msgstr ""
10910
10911
#: C/files-rename.page:68(p)
10912
msgid ""
10913
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
10914
"file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a "
10915
"file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
10916
"properties-permissions\"/>."
10917
msgstr ""
10918
10919
#: C/files-removedrive.page:13(desc)
10920
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
10921
msgstr ""
10922
10923
#: C/files-removedrive.page:16(title)
10924
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
10925
msgstr ""
10926
10927
#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(p)
10928
msgid ""
10929
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
10930
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
10931
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which "
10932
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
10933
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
10934
"from your computer."
10935
msgstr ""
10936
10937
#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(p)
10938
msgid ""
10939
"Locate the device in the side pane. It should have a small eject icon next "
10940
"to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
10941
msgstr ""
10942
10943
#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(p)
10944
msgid ""
10945
"Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either "
10946
"<gui>Eject</gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be "
10947
"physically ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between "
10948
"<gui>Eject</gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
10949
msgstr ""
10950
10951
#: C/files-removedrive.page:37(p)
10952
msgid ""
10953
"If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you "
10954
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
10955
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open "
10956
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
10957
"will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."
10958
msgstr ""
10959
10960
#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(p)
10961
msgid ""
10962
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
10963
"closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those "
10964
"files open."
10965
msgstr ""
10966
10967
#: C/files-removedrive.page:47(p)
10968
msgid ""
10969
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
10970
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
10971
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
10972
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
10973
"have open with that application."
10974
msgstr ""
10975
10976
#: C/files-recover.page:8(desc)
10977
msgid ""
10978
"When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get "
10979
"them back from the Trash."
10980
msgstr ""
10981
10982
#: C/files-recover.page:18(title)
10983
msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
10984
msgstr ""
10985
10986
#: C/files-recover.page:19(p)
10987
msgid ""
10988
"If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing "
10989
"<key>Delete</key> or clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> option in the "
10990
"right-click menu, the file should be in the Trash. To access the Trash:"
10991
msgstr ""
10992
10993
#: C/files-recover.page:24(p)
10994
msgid ""
10995
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
10996
"which is the shortcut at the bottom of the launcher."
10997
msgstr ""
10998
10999
#: C/files-recover.page:27(p)
11000
msgid ""
11001
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select "
11002
"<gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
11003
msgstr ""
11004
11005
#: C/files-recover.page:32(p)
11006
msgid ""
11007
"If you deleted the file using "
11008
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>, or from the command "
11009
"line, the file can't be recovered using this method because it has been "
11010
"permanently deleted."
11011
msgstr ""
11012
11013
#: C/files-recover.page:34(p)
11014
msgid ""
11015
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
11016
"recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very "
11017
"easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's "
11018
"probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover "
11019
"it."
11020
msgstr ""
11021
11022
#: C/files-preview-music.page:9(desc)
11023
msgid "Move the mouse pointer over a music file and it will start playing."
11024
msgstr ""
11025
11026
#: C/files-preview-music.page:22(title)
11027
msgid "Quickly preview music/sound files"
11028
msgstr ""
11029
11030
#: C/files-preview-music.page:24(p)
11031
msgid ""
11032
"Move your mouse pointer over a music file (or other sound file). A musical "
11033
"note icon will appear and the song will start playing. Move the mouse away "
11034
"from the file and the song will stop playing."
11035
msgstr ""
11036
11037
#: C/files-preview-music.page:26(p)
11038
msgid ""
11039
"Only music files which are in a supported format can be played in this way."
11040
msgstr ""
11041
11042
#: C/files-preview-music.page:28(p)
11043
msgid ""
11044
"Music files on network shares cannot be previewed in this way by default. To "
11045
"change this, see <link xref=\"nautilus-preview\"/>."
11046
msgstr ""
11047
11048
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
11049
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
11050
#: C/files.page:27(None)
11051
msgid "@@image: 'figures/nautilus.png'; md5=7c905000084a729c8ee23a600a7ad945"
11052
msgstr ""
11053
11054
#: C/files.page:17(desc)
11055
msgid ""
11056
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
11057
"delete\">deleted files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
11058
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
11059
msgstr ""
11060
11061
#: C/files.page:25(title)
11062
msgid "Files, folders & search"
11063
msgstr ""
11064
11065
#: C/files.page:28(p)
11066
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
11067
msgstr ""
11068
11069
#: C/files.page:32(title)
11070
msgid "Common tasks"
11071
msgstr ""
11072
11073
#: C/files.page:36(title)
11074
msgid "More topics"
11075
msgstr ""
11076
11077
#: C/files.page:40(title)
11078
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
11079
msgstr ""
11080
11081
#: C/files.page:45(title)
11082
msgid "Backing up"
11083
msgstr ""
11084
11085
#: C/files.page:50(title)
11086
msgid "Tips and questions"
11087
msgstr ""
11088
11089
#: C/files-open.page:8(desc)
11090
msgid ""
11091
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
11092
"file. You can change the default too."
11093
msgstr ""
11094
11095
#: C/files-open.page:12(name) C/files-delete.page:12(name) C/files-copy.page:11(name)
11096
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
11097
msgstr ""
11098
11099
#: C/files-open.page:13(email) C/files-delete.page:13(email) C/files-copy.page:12(email)
11100
msgid "crisnoh@gmail.com"
11101
msgstr ""
11102
11103
#: C/files-open.page:25(title)
11104
msgid "Open files with other applications"
11105
msgstr ""
11106
11107
#: C/files-open.page:27(p)
11108
msgid ""
11109
"When you double-click a file in the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file "
11110
"manager</link>, it will be opened with the default application for that file "
11111
"type. You can open it in a different application, search online for "
11112
"applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
11113
msgstr ""
11114
11115
#: C/files-open.page:32(p)
11116
msgid ""
11117
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
11118
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
11119
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
11120
"Application</gui>."
11121
msgstr ""
11122
11123
#: C/files-open.page:38(title)
11124
msgid "Change the default application"
11125
msgstr ""
11126
11127
#: C/files-open.page:39(p)
11128
msgid ""
11129
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
11130
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
11131
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
11132
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
11133
msgstr ""
11134
11135
#: C/files-open.page:45(p)
11136
msgid ""
11137
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
11138
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
11139
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
11140
msgstr ""
11141
11142
#: C/files-open.page:48(p)
11143
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
11144
msgstr ""
11145
11146
#: C/files-open.page:49(p)
11147
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
11148
msgstr ""
11149
11150
#: C/files-open.page:50(p)
11151
msgid ""
11152
"Select the application you want. By default, the file manager only shows "
11153
"applications it knows can handle the file. To add other applications on your "
11154
"computer to this list, click <gui>Add</gui>."
11155
msgstr ""
11156
11157
#: C/files-open.page:53(p)
11158
msgid ""
11159
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
11160
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
11161
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
11162
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
11163
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
11164
msgstr ""
11165
11166
#: C/files-open.page:60(p)
11167
msgid ""
11168
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
11169
"all files with the same type."
11170
msgstr ""
11171
11172
#: C/files-lost.page:8(desc)
11173
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
11174
msgstr ""
11175
11176
#: C/files-lost.page:24(title)
11177
msgid "Find a lost file"
11178
msgstr ""
11179
11180
#: C/files-lost.page:26(p)
11181
msgid ""
11182
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
11183
"tips."
11184
msgstr ""
11185
11186
#: C/files-lost.page:30(p)
11187
msgid ""
11188
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
11189
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
11190
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
11191
msgstr ""
11192
11193
#: C/files-lost.page:34(p)
11194
msgid ""
11195
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
11196
"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
11197
"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
11198
msgstr ""
11199
11200
#: C/files-lost.page:39(p)
11201
msgid ""
11202
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
11203
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
11204
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
11205
msgstr ""
11206
11207
#: C/files-lost.page:44(p)
11208
msgid ""
11209
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
11210
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
11211
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
11212
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
11213
"to learn more."
11214
msgstr ""
11215
11216
#: C/files-hidden.page:7(desc)
11217
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
11218
msgstr ""
11219
11220
#: C/files-hidden.page:20(title)
11221
msgid "Hide a file"
11222
msgstr ""
11223
11224
#: C/files-hidden.page:22(p)
11225
msgid ""
11226
"You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of "
11227
"their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in "
11228
"the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
11229
msgstr ""
11230
11231
#: C/files-hidden.page:24(p)
11232
msgid ""
11233
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at "
11234
"the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file "
11235
"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
11236
msgstr ""
11237
11238
#: C/files-hidden.page:27(p)
11239
msgid ""
11240
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the "
11241
"folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
11242
msgstr ""
11243
11244
#: C/files-hidden.page:31(title)
11245
msgid "Show all hidden files"
11246
msgstr ""
11247
11248
#: C/files-hidden.page:32(p)
11249
msgid ""
11250
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
11251
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
11252
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be "
11253
"shown along with the files that were not hidden."
11254
msgstr ""
11255
11256
#: C/files-hidden.page:35(p)
11257
msgid ""
11258
"Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others "
11259
"might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-"
11260
"tilde\"/>)."
11261
msgstr ""
11262
11263
#: C/files-hidden.page:38(p)
11264
msgid ""
11265
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
11266
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
11267
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
11268
msgstr ""
11269
11270
#: C/files-hidden.page:41(p)
11271
msgid ""
11272
"Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the "
11273
"option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager "
11274
"windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
11275
msgstr ""
11276
11277
#: C/files-hidden.page:47(title)
11278
msgid "Unhide a file"
11279
msgstr ""
11280
11281
#: C/files-hidden.page:48(p)
11282
msgid ""
11283
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
11284
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
11285
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its "
11286
"name."
11287
msgstr ""
11288
11289
#: C/files-hidden.page:51(p)
11290
msgid ""
11291
"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
11292
"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
11293
msgstr ""
11294
11295
#: C/files-hidden.page:54(p)
11296
msgid ""
11297
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click "
11298
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
11299
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
11300
"again."
11301
msgstr ""
11302
11303
#: C/files-disc-write.page:9(name)
11304
msgid "Michael Hill"
11305
msgstr ""
11306
11307
#: C/files-disc-write.page:10(email)
11308
msgid "mdhillca@gmail.com"
11309
msgstr ""
11310
11311
#: C/files-disc-write.page:16(desc)
11312
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
11313
msgstr ""
11314
11315
#: C/files-disc-write.page:19(title)
11316
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
11317
msgstr ""
11318
11319
#: C/files-disc-write.page:21(p)
11320
msgid ""
11321
"The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer "
11322
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
11323
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
11324
msgstr ""
11325
11326
#: C/files-disc-write.page:24(p)
11327
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
11328
msgstr ""
11329
11330
#: C/files-disc-write.page:26(p)
11331
msgid ""
11332
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
11333
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator "
11334
"Folder</gui> window will open."
11335
msgstr ""
11336
11337
#: C/files-disc-write.page:27(p)
11338
msgid ""
11339
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> in the file manager "
11340
"side pane.)"
11341
msgstr ""
11342
11343
#: C/files-disc-write.page:29(p)
11344
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
11345
msgstr ""
11346
11347
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(p)
11348
msgid ""
11349
"Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the "
11350
"window."
11351
msgstr ""
11352
11353
#: C/files-disc-write.page:32(p)
11354
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
11355
msgstr ""
11356
11357
#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(p)
11358
msgid ""
11359
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
11360
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
11361
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
11362
msgstr ""
11363
11364
#: C/files-disc-write.page:35(p)
11365
msgid ""
11366
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
11367
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
11368
"be fine."
11369
msgstr ""
11370
11371
#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(p)
11372
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
11373
msgstr ""
11374
11375
#: C/files-disc-write.page:38(p)
11376
msgid ""
11377
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
11378
"additional discs."
11379
msgstr ""
11380
11381
#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(p)
11382
msgid ""
11383
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
11384
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
11385
msgstr ""
11386
11387
#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(p)
11388
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
11389
msgstr ""
11390
11391
#: C/files-disc-write.page:44(p)
11392
msgid ""
11393
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"ghelp:brasero\">user "
11394
"guide</link>."
11395
msgstr ""
11396
11397
#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(title)
11398
msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"
11399
msgstr ""
11400
11401
#: C/files-disc-write.page:48(p)
11402
msgid ""
11403
"Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the "
11404
"files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
11405
msgstr ""
11406
11407
#: C/files-disc-write.page:50(p)
11408
msgid ""
11409
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
11410
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
11411
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
11412
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
11413
msgstr ""
11414
11415
#: C/files-delete.page:8(desc)
11416
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
11417
msgstr ""
11418
11419
#: C/files-delete.page:25(title)
11420
msgid "Delete files and folders"
11421
msgstr ""
11422
11423
#: C/files-delete.page:27(p)
11424
msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
11425
msgstr ""
11426
11427
#: C/files-delete.page:31(p)
11428
msgid ""
11429
"When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored "
11430
"until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be restored "
11431
"to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were "
11432
"accidentally deleted."
11433
msgstr ""
11434
11435
#: C/files-delete.page:36(p)
11436
msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
11437
msgstr ""
11438
11439
#: C/files-delete.page:37(p)
11440
msgid ""
11441
"Press the <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item "
11442
"to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the <gui>side pane</gui> or the "
11443
"<gui>launcher</gui>."
11444
msgstr ""
11445
11446
#: C/files-delete.page:41(p)
11447
msgid ""
11448
"To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you "
11449
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
11450
"the <gui>launcher</gui> and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, "
11451
"you can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to "
11452
"the trash from the side pane or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you "
11453
"want to delete permanently and press "
11454
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-"
11455
"click and select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
11456
msgstr ""
11457
11458
#: C/files-delete.page:50(p)
11459
msgid ""
11460
"If you move files to the trash on a removable device such as a USB flash "
11461
"drive and do not empty the trash when you <link xref=\"files-"
11462
"removedrive\">remove the device</link>, you may not be able to see the "
11463
"deleted files in the trash on other operating systems, such as Windows or "
11464
"Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the "
11465
"device back into your computer."
11466
msgstr ""
11467
11468
#: C/files-delete.page:59(title)
11469
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
11470
msgstr ""
11471
11472
#: C/files-delete.page:60(p)
11473
msgid ""
11474
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
11475
"the trash first."
11476
msgstr ""
11477
11478
#: C/files-delete.page:64(p)
11479
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
11480
msgstr ""
11481
11482
#: C/files-delete.page:65(p)
11483
msgid ""
11484
"Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
11485
"key on your keyboard."
11486
msgstr ""
11487
11488
#: C/files-delete.page:66(p)
11489
msgid ""
11490
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
11491
"delete the file or folder."
11492
msgstr ""
11493
11494
#: C/files-delete.page:70(p)
11495
msgid ""
11496
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
11497
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
11498
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
11499
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
11500
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
11501
"Trash</gui>."
11502
msgstr ""
11503
11504
#: C/files-copy.page:7(desc)
11505
msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
11506
msgstr ""
11507
11508
#: C/files-copy.page:24(title)
11509
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
11510
msgstr ""
11511
11512
#: C/files-copy.page:26(p)
11513
msgid ""
11514
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
11515
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
11516
"keyboard shortcuts."
11517
msgstr ""
11518
11519
#: C/files-copy.page:29(p)
11520
msgid ""
11521
"As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which "
11522
"contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link "
11523
"xref=\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
11524
msgstr ""
11525
11526
#: C/files-copy.page:34(title)
11527
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
11528
msgstr ""
11529
11530
#: C/files-copy.page:35(p)
11531
msgid ""
11532
"<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder "
11533
"containing the item you want to copy."
11534
msgstr ""
11535
11536
#: C/files-copy.page:36(p)
11537
msgid ""
11538
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
11539
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
11540
"Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new "
11541
"window."
11542
msgstr ""
11543
11544
#: C/files-copy.page:37(p)
11545
msgid ""
11546
"Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an "
11547
"item will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if "
11548
"both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."
11549
msgstr ""
11550
11551
#: C/files-copy.page:38(p)
11552
msgid ""
11553
"Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference device, "
11554
"such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
11555
msgstr ""
11556
11557
#: C/files-copy.page:40(p)
11558
msgid ""
11559
"To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while "
11560
"dragging."
11561
msgstr ""
11562
11563
#: C/files-copy.page:41(p)
11564
msgid ""
11565
"To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while "
11566
"dragging."
11567
msgstr ""
11568
11569
#: C/files-copy.page:46(title)
11570
msgid "Copy and paste files"
11571
msgstr ""
11572
11573
#: C/files-copy.page:47(p)
11574
msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."
11575
msgstr ""
11576
11577
#: C/files-copy.page:48(p)
11578
msgid ""
11579
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
11580
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
11581
msgstr ""
11582
11583
#: C/files-copy.page:49(p)
11584
msgid ""
11585
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."
11586
msgstr ""
11587
11588
#: C/files-copy.page:50(p)
11589
msgid ""
11590
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
11591
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
11592
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
11593
msgstr ""
11594
11595
#: C/files-copy.page:54(title)
11596
msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"
11597
msgstr ""
11598
11599
#: C/files-copy.page:55(p)
11600
msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."
11601
msgstr ""
11602
11603
#: C/files-copy.page:56(p)
11604
msgid ""
11605
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
11606
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
11607
msgstr ""
11608
11609
#: C/files-copy.page:57(p)
11610
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."
11611
msgstr ""
11612
11613
#: C/files-copy.page:58(p)
11614
msgid ""
11615
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
11616
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
11617
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
11618
msgstr ""
11619
11620
#: C/files-copy.page:62(title)
11621
msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
11622
msgstr ""
11623
11624
#: C/files-copy.page:63(p)
11625
msgid ""
11626
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
11627
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
11628
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
11629
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
11630
msgstr ""
11631
11632
#: C/files-browse.page:8(desc)
11633
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
11634
msgstr ""
11635
11636
#: C/files-browse.page:25(title)
11637
msgid "Browse files and folders"
11638
msgstr ""
11639
11640
#: C/files-browse.page:27(p)
11641
msgid ""
11642
"Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home "
11643
"folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
11644
"servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."
11645
msgstr ""
11646
11647
#: C/files-browse.page:33(title)
11648
msgid "How do I open the file manager?"
11649
msgstr ""
11650
11651
#: C/files-browse.page:35(p)
11652
msgid ""
11653
"Search for files and folders in the <gui>dash</gui> the same way you would "
11654
"<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
11655
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
11656
"Folders</gui>."
11657
msgstr ""
11658
11659
#: C/files-browse.page:40(p)
11660
msgid ""
11661
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
11662
"shortcut in the launcher."
11663
msgstr ""
11664
11665
#: C/files-browse.page:45(p)
11666
msgid ""
11667
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
11668
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
11669
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
11670
"list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its "
11671
"contents in a tree."
11672
msgstr ""
11673
11674
#: C/files-browse.page:51(p)
11675
msgid ""
11676
"The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder "
11677
"you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the "
11678
"root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent "
11679
"folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the "
11680
"path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its "
11681
"properties."
11682
msgstr ""
11683
11684
#: C/files-browse.page:58(p)
11685
msgid ""
11686
"You can quickly access common places from the side pane. If you do not see "
11687
"the side pane, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Side Pane</gui></guiseq>. "
11688
"You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and they will appear in the "
11689
"side pane."
11690
msgstr ""
11691
11692
#: C/files-browse.page:63(p)
11693
msgid ""
11694
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
11695
"useful to show a tree in the side pane instead. Click <gui>Places</gui> in "
11696
"the side pane and then select <gui>Tree</gui> in the dropdown list to enable "
11697
"the tree side pane. Click the expander next to a folder to show its child "
11698
"folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
11699
msgstr ""
11700
11701
#: C/files-autorun.page:10(desc)
11702
msgid ""
11703
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
11704
"other devices and media."
11705
msgstr ""
11706
11707
#: C/files-autorun.page:22(title)
11708
msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"
11709
msgstr ""
11710
11711
#: C/files-autorun.page:24(p)
11712
msgid ""
11713
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. "
11714
"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a "
11715
"digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you "
11716
"plug something in."
11717
msgstr ""
11718
11719
#: C/files-autorun.page:26(p)
11720
msgid ""
11721
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
11722
msgstr ""
11723
11724
#: C/files-autorun.page:34(p)
11725
msgid ""
11726
"Open the file manager preferences by clicking "
11727
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq>."
11728
msgstr ""
11729
11730
#: C/files-autorun.page:38(p)
11731
msgid ""
11732
"Switch to the <gui>Media</gui> tab and change the options under <gui>Media "
11733
"Handling</gui>."
11734
msgstr ""
11735
11736
#: C/files-autorun.page:39(p)
11737
msgid ""
11738
"Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
11739
msgstr ""
11740
11741
#: C/files-autorun.page:41(p)
11742
msgid ""
11743
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
11744
msgstr ""
11745
11746
#: C/files-autorun.page:42(p)
11747
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
11748
msgstr ""
11749
11750
#: C/files-autorun.page:43(p)
11751
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
11752
msgstr ""
11753
11754
#: C/files-autorun.page:48(p)
11755
msgid ""
11756
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
11757
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
11758
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
11759
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
11760
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
11761
msgstr ""
11762
11763
#: C/files-autorun.page:52(p)
11764
msgid ""
11765
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
11766
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Type</gui> under "
11767
"<gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices."
11768
msgstr ""
11769
11770
#: C/files-autorun.page:59(title)
11771
msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
11772
msgstr ""
11773
11774
#: C/files-autorun.page:60(p)
11775
msgid ""
11776
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
11777
"plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
11778
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
11779
msgstr ""
11780
11781
#: C/fallback-mode.page:9(desc)
11782
msgid ""
11783
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
11784
"basic version of the desktop will be started."
11785
msgstr ""
11786
11787
#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(title)
11788
msgid "What is fallback mode?"
11789
msgstr ""
11790
11791
#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(p)
11792
msgid ""
11793
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
11794
"basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message "
11795
"telling you what happened. This is called <em>fallback mode</em>, and it "
11796
"allows you to use Ubuntu on your computer without some of its more advanced "
11797
"features."
11798
msgstr ""
11799
11800
#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(p)
11801
msgid ""
11802
"Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to "
11803
"organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having "
11804
"a dash and launcher, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the "
11805
"top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open "
11806
"windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect "
11807
"which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop "
11808
"looks."
11809
msgstr ""
11810
11811
#: C/fallback-mode.page:29(p)
11812
msgid ""
11813
"Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card "
11814
"isn't good enough to run Ubuntu - it might just mean that you don't have the "
11815
"right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better "
11816
"graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full "
11817
"version of Ubuntu."
11818
msgstr ""
11819
11820
#: C/display-lock.page:10(desc)
11821
msgid ""
11822
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
11823
"computer."
11824
msgstr ""
11825
11826
#: C/display-lock.page:20(title)
11827
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
11828
msgstr ""
11829
11830
#: C/display-lock.page:22(p)
11831
msgid ""
11832
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
11833
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
11834
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
11835
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
11836
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
11837
"have the screen lock automatically."
11838
msgstr ""
11839
11840
#: C/display-lock.page:32(p)
11841
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Screensaver</gui>."
11842
msgstr ""
11843
11844
#: C/display-lock.page:33(p)
11845
msgid ""
11846
"Make sure both boxes on this screen are checked then select a time from the "
11847
"slider. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for "
11848
"this long."
11849
msgstr ""
11850
11851
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(desc)
11852
msgid ""
11853
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
11854
"readable in bright light."
11855
msgstr ""
11856
11857
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:27(title)
11858
msgid "Set screen brightness"
11859
msgstr ""
11860
11861
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(p)
11862
msgid ""
11863
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the "
11864
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
11865
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
11866
"not in use."
11867
msgstr ""
11868
11869
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(title)
11870
msgid "Set the brightness"
11871
msgstr ""
11872
11873
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(p)
11874
msgid ""
11875
"Adjust the <gui>Set display brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
11876
msgstr ""
11877
11878
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(p)
11879
msgid ""
11880
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the "
11881
"brightness. These are usually located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> "
11882
"keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
11883
msgstr ""
11884
11885
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(p)
11886
msgid ""
11887
"Select <gui>Reduce backlight brightness</gui> on the <gui>On Battery "
11888
"Power</gui> tab to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on "
11889
"battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and "
11890
"significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be "
11891
"recharged."
11892
msgstr ""
11893
11894
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(p)
11895
msgid ""
11896
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
11897
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
11898
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Put display to "
11899
"sleep when inactive</gui> drop-down list."
11900
msgstr ""
11901
11902
#: C/display-2monitors.page:10(email)
11903
msgid "Steven.richardspc@gmail.com"
11904
msgstr ""
11905
11906
#: C/display-2monitors.page:13(name)
11907
msgid "Connor Imes"
11908
msgstr ""
11909
11910
#: C/display-2monitors.page:14(email)
11911
msgid "rocket2dmn@ubuntu.com"
11912
msgstr ""
11913
11914
#: C/display-2monitors.page:17(desc)
11915
msgid "Enable a second display device, like another monitor or a projector."
11916
msgstr ""
11917
11918
#: C/display-2monitors.page:21(title)
11919
msgid "Enable a second monitor"
11920
msgstr ""
11921
11922
#: C/display-2monitors.page:23(p)
11923
msgid ""
11924
"Having a second monitor is great for multitasking or for sharing your "
11925
"desktop on a second display, like a projector. Setting it up is quick and "
11926
"easy to do by following these simple steps."
11927
msgstr ""
11928
11929
#: C/display-2monitors.page:27(p)
11930
msgid ""
11931
"Only certain computers are capable of supporting two displays. Make sure you "
11932
"have proper outputs on your video card, and that your card is able to "
11933
"support this feature."
11934
msgstr ""
11935
11936
#: C/display-2monitors.page:33(p)
11937
msgid ""
11938
"First ensure that the second monitor is attached to your video card and is "
11939
"turned on."
11940
msgstr ""
11941
11942
#: C/display-2monitors.page:39(p)
11943
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, select <gui>Monitors</gui>."
11944
msgstr ""
11945
11946
#: C/display-2monitors.page:42(p)
11947
msgid ""
11948
"Click the rectangle that says your monitor's name, such as XYZ Brand 23. To "
11949
"enable it, change the setting at the top of the dialog from <gui>Off</gui> "
11950
"to <gui>On</gui>."
11951
msgstr ""
11952
11953
#: C/display-2monitors.page:46(p)
11954
msgid ""
11955
"Select the appropriate resolution that your monitor supports, refresh rate, "
11956
"and rotation (if necessary). If you are unsure which settings to use, then "
11957
"refer to your monitor's manual."
11958
msgstr ""
11959
11960
#: C/display-2monitors.page:50(p)
11961
msgid ""
11962
"If the monitor's virtual location does not match its actual location, drag "
11963
"the monitor's rectangle around to the appropriate location."
11964
msgstr ""
11965
11966
#: C/display-2monitors.page:53(p)
11967
msgid ""
11968
"To test the new configuration, click the <gui>Apply</gui> button. If it "
11969
"looks correct, click <gui>Close</gui>."
11970
msgstr ""
11971
11972
#: C/display-2monitors.page:58(p)
11973
msgid ""
11974
"By default, different images are displayed on each monitor. To enable the "
11975
"same image across both monitors, check the box entitled <gui>Same image in "
11976
"all monitors</gui> and then click <gui>Apply</gui>."
11977
msgstr ""
11978
11979
#: C/display-2monitors.page:60(p)
11980
msgid ""
11981
"You also have the option to create a shortcut to the <gui>Monitors</gui> "
11982
"application by enabling <gui>Show monitors in panel</gui>, which will then "
11983
"place itself in the panel."
11984
msgstr ""
11985
11986
#: C/disk-partitions.page:14(desc)
11987
msgid ""
11988
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility "
11989
"application."
11990
msgstr ""
11991
11992
#: C/disk-partitions.page:18(title)
11993
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
11994
msgstr ""
11995
11996
#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(p)
11997
msgid ""
11998
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe areas of storage that your "
11999
"computer has made available for your use. The computer makes this storage "
12000
"accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
12001
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
12002
"SD cards, and other media."
12003
msgstr ""
12004
12005
#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(p)
12006
msgid ""
12007
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
12008
"identical. \"Partition\" refers to one or more <em>physical</em> areas of "
12009
"storage on a single drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be "
12010
"called a volume. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible "
12011
"“storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
12012
msgstr ""
12013
12014
#: C/disk-partitions.page:25(title)
12015
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using <app>Disk Utility</app>"
12016
msgstr ""
12017
12018
#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(p) C/disk-check.page:38(p)
12019
msgid ""
12020
"Click the <gui>dash</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start the "
12021
"<app>Disk Utility</app>."
12022
msgstr ""
12023
12024
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(p)
12025
msgid ""
12026
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
12027
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click on a device of interest."
12028
msgstr ""
12029
12030
#: C/disk-partitions.page:33(p)
12031
msgid ""
12032
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
12033
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
12034
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes. Be careful, "
12035
"it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these "
12036
"utilities."
12037
msgstr ""
12038
12039
#: C/disk-partitions.page:37(p)
12040
msgid ""
12041
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
12042
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by your operating "
12043
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
12044
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
12045
"These files can be distributed among multiple partitions for security or "
12046
"convenience."
12047
msgstr ""
12048
12049
#: C/disk-partitions.page:39(p)
12050
msgid ""
12051
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
12052
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
12053
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look for "
12054
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>. External media such "
12055
"as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
12056
msgstr ""
12057
12058
#: C/disk-format.page:14(desc)
12059
msgid ""
12060
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
12061
"drive by formatting it."
12062
msgstr ""
12063
12064
#: C/disk-format.page:17(title)
12065
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
12066
msgstr ""
12067
12068
#: C/disk-format.page:19(p)
12069
msgid ""
12070
"If you have a removable disk like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
12071
"disk, you may wish to completely remove all of the files you have on there. "
12072
"You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all of the "
12073
"files on the disk and leaves it empty."
12074
msgstr ""
12075
12076
#: C/disk-format.page:23(p)
12077
msgid "Click the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
12078
msgstr ""
12079
12080
#: C/disk-format.page:27(p)
12081
msgid ""
12082
"Find the disk you want to wipe in the list on the left side of the window "
12083
"and click to select it."
12084
msgstr ""
12085
12086
#: C/disk-format.page:28(p)
12087
msgid ""
12088
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
12089
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
12090
msgstr ""
12091
12092
#: C/disk-format.page:32(p)
12093
msgid "Click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click <gui>Format Volume</gui>."
12094
msgstr ""
12095
12096
#: C/disk-format.page:36(p)
12097
msgid ""
12098
"In the window that pops up, choose a <gui>Type</gui> for the disk. This "
12099
"chooses what is known as the <em>file system type</em>."
12100
msgstr ""
12101
12102
#: C/disk-format.page:37(p)
12103
msgid ""
12104
"If you want to use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers as well as "
12105
"Linux, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only want to use it on Windows, "
12106
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option."
12107
msgstr ""
12108
12109
#: C/disk-format.page:41(p)
12110
msgid ""
12111
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
12112
msgstr ""
12113
12114
#: C/disk-format.page:45(p)
12115
msgid ""
12116
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
12117
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
12118
msgstr ""
12119
12120
#: C/disk-format.page:50(title)
12121
msgid "Formatting permanently deletes your files"
12122
msgstr ""
12123
12124
#: C/disk-format.page:51(p)
12125
msgid ""
12126
"Once the drive has been formatted, the files on it will have been completely "
12127
"removed, so you can't get them back. It is possible that special recovery "
12128
"software could retrieve the files, so formatting a disk is not a completely "
12129
"secure way of wiping a disk."
12130
msgstr ""
12131
12132
#: C/disk-check.page:19(desc)
12133
msgid ""
12134
"You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
12135
msgstr ""
12136
12137
#: C/disk-check.page:22(title)
12138
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
12139
msgstr ""
12140
12141
#: C/disk-check.page:33(title)
12142
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
12143
msgstr ""
12144
12145
#: C/disk-check.page:34(p)
12146
msgid ""
12147
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check called <em>SMART</em>. This "
12148
"continually checks for potential problems, and can warn you if the disk is "
12149
"about to fail. This is useful for avoiding future loss of important data."
12150
msgstr ""
12151
12152
#: C/disk-check.page:35(p)
12153
msgid "To check your disk's health status:"
12154
msgstr ""
12155
12156
#: C/disk-check.page:41(p)
12157
msgid ""
12158
"Select your hard drive in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
12159
"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
12160
msgstr ""
12161
12162
#: C/disk-check.page:44(p)
12163
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
12164
msgstr ""
12165
12166
#: C/disk-check.page:47(p)
12167
msgid ""
12168
"To see details of the data and tests applied, click on the <gui>SMART "
12169
"Data</gui> button located below <gui>SMART Status</gui>."
12170
msgstr ""
12171
12172
#: C/disk-check.page:54(title)
12173
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
12174
msgstr ""
12175
12176
#: C/disk-check.page:55(p)
12177
msgid ""
12178
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
12179
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
12180
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data "
12181
"loss. You may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for "
12182
"further diagnosis and repair."
12183
msgstr ""
12184
12185
#: C/disk-check.page:56(p)
12186
msgid ""
12187
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
12188
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
12189
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
12190
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
12191
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
12192
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
12193
msgstr ""
12194
12195
#: C/disk-capacity.page:18(desc)
12196
msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
12197
msgstr ""
12198
12199
#: C/disk-capacity.page:21(title)
12200
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
12201
msgstr ""
12202
12203
#: C/disk-capacity.page:26(title)
12204
msgid "With Disk Usage Analyzer"
12205
msgstr ""
12206
12207
#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(p)
12208
msgid ""
12209
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <gui>Disk Usage "
12210
"Analyzer</gui>:"
12211
msgstr ""
12212
12213
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(p)
12214
msgid "Click the <gui>dash</gui> in the top left corner of the screen."
12215
msgstr ""
12216
12217
#: C/disk-capacity.page:36(p)
12218
msgid "Start typing <input>Disk Usage Analyzer</input>."
12219
msgstr ""
12220
12221
#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(p)
12222
msgid ""
12223
"Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> icon."
12224
msgstr ""
12225
12226
#: C/disk-capacity.page:39(p)
12227
msgid ""
12228
"<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing "
12229
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the "
12230
"single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
12231
msgstr ""
12232
12233
#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(p)
12234
msgid ""
12235
"The <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> window will display the <gui>Total file "
12236
"system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>, in percentage "
12237
"and gigabytes. Click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display "
12238
"to <gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>."
12239
msgstr ""
12240
12241
#: C/disk-capacity.page:43(title)
12242
msgid "With System Monitor"
12243
msgstr ""
12244
12245
#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(p)
12246
msgid ""
12247
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <gui>System "
12248
"Monitor</gui>:"
12249
msgstr ""
12250
12251
#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(p)
12252
msgid "Click the <gui>Dash</gui> in the top left corner of the screen."
12253
msgstr ""
12254
12255
#: C/disk-capacity.page:48(p)
12256
msgid "Start typing <input>System Monitor</input>."
12257
msgstr ""
12258
12259
#: C/disk-capacity.page:49(p)
12260
msgid ""
12261
"Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>System Monitor</gui> icon."
12262
msgstr ""
12263
12264
#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(p)
12265
msgid "Click on the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab."
12266
msgstr ""
12267
12268
#: C/disk-capacity.page:52(p)
12269
msgid ""
12270
"For each device, the <gui>System Monitor</gui> window displays the Total, "
12271
"Free, Available and Used space."
12272
msgstr ""
12273
12274
#: C/disk-capacity.page:55(title)
12275
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
12276
msgstr ""
12277
12278
#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(p)
12279
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
12280
msgstr ""
12281
12282
#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(p)
12283
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
12284
msgstr ""
12285
12286
#: C/disk-capacity.page:59(p)
12287
msgid ""
12288
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
12289
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
12290
msgstr ""
12291
12292
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(desc)
12293
msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
12294
msgstr ""
12295
12296
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:25(title)
12297
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
12298
msgstr ""
12299
12300
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(p)
12301
msgid ""
12302
"To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
12303
"intro\">dash</link> and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
12304
msgstr ""
12305
12306
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30(p)
12307
msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
12308
msgstr ""
12309
12310
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(p)
12311
msgid ""
12312
"Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
12313
"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
12314
msgstr ""
12315
12316
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:35(p)
12317
msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
12318
msgstr ""
12319
12320
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:37(p)
12321
msgid ""
12322
"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write "
12323
"Benchmark</gui>."
12324
msgstr ""
12325
12326
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(p)
12327
msgid ""
12328
"The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the "
12329
"disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto "
12330
"the disk, so it will take longer to complete."
12331
msgstr ""
12332
12333
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43(p)
12334
msgid ""
12335
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. These "
12336
"results tell you how fast files were read or written, and how long it took. "
12337
"The time is measured in Milliseconds (ms) and data transfer speed is "
12338
"measured in Megabytes per Second (MB/s)."
12339
msgstr ""
12340
12341
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47(p)
12342
msgid ""
12343
"After the test is finished, the following statistics will be listed below "
12344
"the graph:"
12345
msgstr ""
12346
12347
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:50(p)
12348
msgid "Minimum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
12349
msgstr ""
12350
12351
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51(p)
12352
msgid "Maximum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
12353
msgstr ""
12354
12355
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:52(p)
12356
msgid "Average Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
12357
msgstr ""
12358
12359
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(p)
12360
msgid "Last Benchmark in Seconds"
12361
msgstr ""
12362
12363
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:54(p)
12364
msgid "Minimum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
12365
msgstr ""
12366
12367
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55(p)
12368
msgid "Maximum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
12369
msgstr ""
12370
12371
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56(p)
12372
msgid "Average Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
12373
msgstr ""
12374
12375
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:57(p)
12376
msgid "Average Access Time in Milliseconds"
12377
msgstr ""
12378
12379
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(desc)
12380
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
12381
msgstr ""
12382
12383
#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(title)
12384
msgid "Show other timezones"
12385
msgstr ""
12386
12387
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(p)
12388
msgid ""
12389
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
12390
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
12391
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
12392
msgstr ""
12393
12394
#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(p) C/clock-calendar.page:52(p)
12395
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
12396
msgstr ""
12397
12398
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(p)
12399
msgid ""
12400
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
12401
"locations</gui>."
12402
msgstr ""
12403
12404
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(p)
12405
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
12406
msgstr ""
12407
12408
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(p)
12409
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
12410
msgstr ""
12411
12412
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(p)
12413
msgid ""
12414
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
12415
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
12416
msgstr ""
12417
12418
#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(p)
12419
msgid ""
12420
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
12421
"automatically."
12422
msgstr ""
12423
12424
#: C/clock-timezone.page:31(p)
12425
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
12426
msgstr ""
12427
12428
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(p)
12429
msgid ""
12430
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
12431
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
12432
msgstr ""
12433
12434
#: C/clock-set.page:8(desc)
12435
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
12436
msgstr ""
12437
12438
#: C/clock-set.page:22(title)
12439
msgid "Change the time and date"
12440
msgstr ""
12441
12442
#: C/clock-set.page:26(p)
12443
msgid ""
12444
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>top "
12445
"panel</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
12446
msgstr ""
12447
12448
#: C/clock-set.page:31(p)
12449
msgid ""
12450
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
12451
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
12452
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
12453
msgstr ""
12454
12455
#: C/clock-set.page:36(p)
12456
msgid ""
12457
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
12458
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
12459
msgstr ""
12460
12461
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(desc)
12462
msgid ""
12463
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
12464
msgstr ""
12465
12466
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(title)
12467
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
12468
msgstr ""
12469
12470
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(p)
12471
msgid ""
12472
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
12473
"to show additional information if you choose."
12474
msgstr ""
12475
12476
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(p)
12477
msgid ""
12478
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
12479
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
12480
"display."
12481
msgstr ""
12482
12483
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(p)
12484
msgid ""
12485
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
12486
"the menu bar</gui>."
12487
msgstr ""
12488
12489
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(p)
12490
msgid ""
12491
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
12492
"icon in the top right of the panel and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. "
12493
"In the Personal section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
12494
msgstr ""
12495
12496
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(title)
12497
msgid "Change the date format"
12498
msgstr ""
12499
12500
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(p)
12501
msgid ""
12502
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
12503
"for your location."
12504
msgstr ""
12505
12506
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(p)
12507
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
12508
msgstr ""
12509
12510
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(p)
12511
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
12512
msgstr ""
12513
12514
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(p)
12515
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
12516
msgstr ""
12517
12518
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(p)
12519
msgid ""
12520
"You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect."
12521
msgstr ""
12522
12523
#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(desc)
12524
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
12525
msgstr ""
12526
12527
#: C/clock-calendar.page:20(title)
12528
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
12529
msgstr ""
12530
12531
#. COMMENT
12532
#. <cite date="2011-02-10" href="mailto:nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl">Natalia Ruz</cite>
12533
#. <p>Should have some information or link to "how to add a mail account to Evolution", and
12534
#. possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big).</p>
12535
#. END COMMENT
12536
#: C/clock-calendar.page:28(p)
12537
msgid ""
12538
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
12539
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
12540
"<app>Evolution</app>."
12541
msgstr ""
12542
12543
#: C/clock-calendar.page:31(p)
12544
msgid ""
12545
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the top bar and "
12546
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
12547
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
12548
"on the clock."
12549
msgstr ""
12550
12551
#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(p)
12552
msgid ""
12553
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
12554
"the first line where today's date is."
12555
msgstr ""
12556
12557
#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(p)
12558
msgid ""
12559
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
12560
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
12561
"first account."
12562
msgstr ""
12563
12564
#: C/clock-calendar.page:48(title)
12565
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
12566
msgstr ""
12567
12568
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(p)
12569
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
12570
msgstr ""
12571
12572
#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(p)
12573
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
12574
msgstr ""
12575
12576
#: C/clock-calendar.page:54(p)
12577
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
12578
msgstr ""
12579
12580
#: C/clock.page:9(desc)
12581
msgid ""
12582
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
12583
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
12584
"appointments</link>..."
12585
msgstr ""
12586
12587
#: C/clock.page:22(title)
12588
msgid "Date & time"
12589
msgstr ""
12590
12591
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(desc)
12592
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
12593
msgstr ""
12594
12595
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19(title)
12596
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
12597
msgstr ""
12598
12599
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21(p)
12600
msgid ""
12601
"You can turn Bluetooth on to send and receive files, but turn it off to "
12602
"conserve power."
12603
msgstr ""
12604
12605
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(desc)
12606
msgid "The Bluetooth menu can be found on the top panel."
12607
msgstr ""
12608
12609
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30(p)
12610
msgid ""
12611
"To turn Bluetooth on, click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top "
12612
"panel</gui> and click <gui>Turn Bluetooth On</gui>."
12613
msgstr ""
12614
12615
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:34(p)
12616
msgid ""
12617
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
12618
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
12619
"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
12620
"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
12621
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
12622
msgstr ""
12623
12624
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:40(p)
12625
msgid ""
12626
"If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first "
12627
"time, click the <gui>Visible</gui> button to make sure it is checked. This "
12628
"allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices. Uncheck "
12629
"<gui>Visible</gui> when you are done to increase security."
12630
msgstr ""
12631
12632
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42(p)
12633
msgid ""
12634
"Click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui> to disable Bluetooth if you are not "
12635
"using it."
12636
msgstr ""
12637
12638
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(desc)
12639
msgid ""
12640
"Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your "
12641
"phone."
12642
msgstr ""
12643
12644
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23(title)
12645
msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"
12646
msgstr ""
12647
12648
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24(p)
12649
msgid ""
12650
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
12651
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
12652
"files, or specific types of files."
12653
msgstr ""
12654
12655
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:28(p)
12656
msgid ""
12657
"If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
12658
"device\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
12659
msgstr ""
12660
12661
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31(p)
12662
msgid ""
12663
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
12664
"<gui>Send files to device</gui>."
12665
msgstr ""
12666
12667
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:34(p)
12668
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
12669
msgstr ""
12670
12671
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(p)
12672
msgid ""
12673
"(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
12674
"select each file.)"
12675
msgstr ""
12676
12677
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38(p)
12678
msgid ""
12679
"Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then "
12680
"click <gui>Send</gui>."
12681
msgstr ""
12682
12683
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:39(p)
12684
msgid ""
12685
"You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device "
12686
"type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the "
12687
"devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
12688
msgstr ""
12689
12690
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:42(p)
12691
msgid ""
12692
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
12693
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
12694
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
12695
msgstr ""
12696
12697
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(desc)
12698
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
12699
msgstr ""
12700
12701
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:23(title)
12702
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
12703
msgstr ""
12704
12705
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(p)
12706
msgid ""
12707
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the "
12708
"connection:"
12709
msgstr ""
12710
12711
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:28(p)
12712
msgid ""
12713
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and choose "
12714
"<gui>Preferences</gui>."
12715
msgstr ""
12716
12717
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:31(p)
12718
msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect."
12719
msgstr ""
12720
12721
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:34(p)
12722
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
12723
msgstr ""
12724
12725
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(p)
12726
msgid ""
12727
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
12728
"device</link> later if desired."
12729
msgstr ""
12730
12731
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(desc)
12732
msgid ""
12733
"The adapter could be turned off or doesn't have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
12734
"be disabled or blocked."
12735
msgstr ""
12736
12737
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22(title)
12738
msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"
12739
msgstr ""
12740
12741
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:24(p)
12742
msgid ""
12743
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
12744
"Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"
12745
msgstr ""
12746
12747
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(p)
12748
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
12749
msgstr ""
12750
12751
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(p)
12752
msgid ""
12753
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
12754
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
12755
"is set-up to allow connections."
12756
msgstr ""
12757
12758
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33(p)
12759
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
12760
msgstr ""
12761
12762
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(p)
12763
msgid ""
12764
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
12765
"This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some "
12766
"Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to "
12767
"get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get "
12768
"a different Bluetooth adapter."
12769
msgstr ""
12770
12771
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38(p)
12772
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
12773
msgstr ""
12774
12775
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:39(p)
12776
msgid ""
12777
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the "
12778
"<gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and check that it's "
12779
"not turned off."
12780
msgstr ""
12781
12782
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43(p)
12783
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
12784
msgstr ""
12785
12786
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44(p)
12787
msgid ""
12788
"Check that Bluetooth is turned-on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
12789
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
12790
"in airplane mode"
12791
msgstr ""
12792
12793
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(p)
12794
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
12795
msgstr ""
12796
12797
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49(p)
12798
msgid ""
12799
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
12800
"want to use Bluetooth."
12801
msgstr ""
12802
12803
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(desc)
12804
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
12805
msgstr ""
12806
12807
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23(title)
12808
msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"
12809
msgstr ""
12810
12811
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25(p)
12812
msgid ""
12813
"Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first "
12814
"need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."
12815
msgstr ""
12816
12817
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29(p)
12818
msgid ""
12819
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
12820
"Bluetooth device."
12821
msgstr ""
12822
12823
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:32(p)
12824
msgid ""
12825
"Select the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and select "
12826
"<gui>Set up new device...</gui>."
12827
msgstr ""
12828
12829
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(p)
12830
msgid ""
12831
"Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within "
12832
"10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer "
12833
"will begin searching for devices."
12834
msgstr ""
12835
12836
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:38(p)
12837
msgid ""
12838
"If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
12839
"down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."
12840
msgstr ""
12841
12842
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41(p)
12843
msgid ""
12844
"Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the "
12845
"other device."
12846
msgstr ""
12847
12848
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(p)
12849
msgid ""
12850
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
12851
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
12852
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
12853
"proper setting."
12854
msgstr ""
12855
12856
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45(p)
12857
msgid ""
12858
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select "
12859
"<gui>Close</gui>."
12860
msgstr ""
12861
12862
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48(p)
12863
msgid ""
12864
"Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
12865
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
12866
msgstr ""
12867
12868
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:51(p)
12869
msgid ""
12870
"Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish "
12871
"your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will "
12872
"not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
12873
msgstr ""
12874
12875
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(p)
12876
msgid ""
12877
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device "
12878
"offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a "
12879
"mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select "
12880
"<gui>Close</gui>."
12881
msgstr ""
12882
12883
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58(p)
12884
msgid ""
12885
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
12886
"connection</link> later if desired."
12887
msgstr ""
12888
12889
#: C/backup-why.page:7(desc)
12890
msgid ""
12891
"<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-"
12892
"what\">what</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link "
12893
"xref=\"backup-how\">how</link> of backups."
12894
msgstr ""
12895
12896
#: C/backup-why.page:15(title)
12897
msgid "Backups"
12898
msgstr ""
12899
12900
#: C/backup-why.page:24(title)
12901
msgid "Back up your important files"
12902
msgstr ""
12903
12904
#: C/backup-why.page:25(p)
12905
msgid ""
12906
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of your files for "
12907
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
12908
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
12909
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
12910
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
12911
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#: C/backup-why.page:29(p)
12915
msgid ""
12916
"The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the "
12917
"copies off-site and encrypted."
12918
msgstr ""
12919
12920
#: C/backup-where.page:6(desc)
12921
msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what storage device to use."
12922
msgstr ""
12923
12924
#: C/backup-where.page:7(title)
12925
msgid "c"
12926
msgstr ""
12927
12928
#: C/backup-where.page:20(title)
12929
msgid "Where to store your backup"
12930
msgstr ""
12931
12932
#: C/backup-where.page:21(p)
12933
msgid ""
12934
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
12935
"computer (on an external hard disk, for example). An important consideration "
12936
"when choosing the backup medium is capacity. This will depend on how much "
12937
"data you need to back up."
12938
msgstr ""
12939
12940
#: C/backup-where.page:26(title)
12941
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
12942
msgstr ""
12943
12944
#: C/backup-where.page:28(p)
12945
msgid "A USB memory key (low capacity)"
12946
msgstr ""
12947
12948
#: C/backup-where.page:31(p)
12949
msgid "An internal disk drive (higher capacity)"
12950
msgstr ""
12951
12952
#: C/backup-where.page:34(p)
12953
msgid "An external USB drive (variable capacity, but can be very high)"
12954
msgstr ""
12955
12956
#: C/backup-where.page:37(p)
12957
msgid "A network drive (high capacity)"
12958
msgstr ""
12959
12960
#: C/backup-where.page:40(p)
12961
msgid "A file/backup server"
12962
msgstr ""
12963
12964
#: C/backup-where.page:43(p)
12965
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs"
12966
msgstr ""
12967
12968
#: C/backup-where.page:46(p)
12969
msgid ""
12970
"An online backup service like <link "
12971
"href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> or <link "
12972
"href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link> (stores your data off-"
12973
"site for a small fee)"
12974
msgstr ""
12975
12976
#: C/backup-where.page:49(p)
12977
msgid ""
12978
"Some of these would allow for a backup of every file on your system, also "
12979
"known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
12980
msgstr ""
12981
12982
#: C/backup-what.page:6(desc)
12983
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
12984
msgstr ""
12985
12986
#: C/backup-what.page:20(title)
12987
msgid "What to back up"
12988
msgstr ""
12989
12990
#: C/backup-what.page:22(p)
12991
msgid ""
12992
"Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most "
12993
"important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An "
12994
"example of most important to least important:"
12995
msgstr ""
12996
12997
#: C/backup-what.page:28(title) C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(p)
12998
msgid "Your personal files"
12999
msgstr ""
13000
13001
#: C/backup-what.page:29(p)
13002
msgid ""
13003
"Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, "
13004
"family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are "
13005
"clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."
13006
msgstr ""
13007
13008
#: C/backup-what.page:33(title) C/backup-thinkabout.page:51(p)
13009
msgid "Your personal settings"
13010
msgstr ""
13011
13012
#: C/backup-what.page:34(p)
13013
msgid ""
13014
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
13015
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
13016
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
13017
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
13018
"while to recreate."
13019
msgstr ""
13020
13021
#: C/backup-what.page:38(title) C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(p)
13022
msgid "System settings"
13023
msgstr ""
13024
13025
#: C/backup-what.page:39(p)
13026
msgid ""
13027
"Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. "
13028
"If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."
13029
msgstr ""
13030
13031
#: C/backup-what.page:44(title)
13032
msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."
13033
msgstr ""
13034
13035
#: C/backup-what.page:45(p)
13036
msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."
13037
msgstr ""
13038
13039
#: C/backup-what.page:49(p)
13040
msgid ""
13041
"In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files "
13042
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
13043
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
13044
"space by having backups of them."
13045
msgstr ""
13046
13047
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(desc)
13048
msgid ""
13049
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
13050
"may want to back up."
13051
msgstr ""
13052
13053
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:20(title)
13054
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
13055
msgstr ""
13056
13057
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22(p)
13058
msgid ""
13059
"Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most "
13060
"difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where "
13061
"most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."
13062
msgstr ""
13063
13064
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(title)
13065
msgid "Your personal files and settings"
13066
msgstr ""
13067
13068
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29(p)
13069
msgid ""
13070
"These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). "
13071
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, "
13072
"Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient "
13073
"space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the "
13074
"simplest way."
13075
msgstr ""
13076
13077
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31(p)
13078
msgid ""
13079
"If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list "
13080
"of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important "
13081
"files."
13082
msgstr ""
13083
13084
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(p)
13085
msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
13086
msgstr ""
13087
13088
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:38(p)
13089
msgid ""
13090
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To "
13091
"view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
13092
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
13093
msgstr ""
13094
13095
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(p)
13096
msgid ""
13097
"<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, "
13098
"<cmd>~/Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, and others"
13099
msgstr ""
13100
13101
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(p)
13102
msgid "Contain files you actively created."
13103
msgstr ""
13104
13105
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51(p)
13106
msgid "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.local</cmd>"
13107
msgstr ""
13108
13109
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(p)
13110
msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."
13111
msgstr ""
13112
13113
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(p)
13114
msgid ""
13115
"<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
13116
msgstr ""
13117
13118
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(p)
13119
msgid ""
13120
"Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home "
13121
"folder."
13122
msgstr ""
13123
13124
#: C/backup-restore.page:6(desc)
13125
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
13126
msgstr ""
13127
13128
#: C/backup-restore.page:19(title)
13129
msgid "Restore a backup"
13130
msgstr ""
13131
13132
#: C/backup-restore.page:21(p)
13133
msgid ""
13134
"If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can "
13135
"restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
13136
msgstr ""
13137
13138
#: C/backup-restore.page:23(p)
13139
msgid ""
13140
"If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard "
13141
"drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link "
13142
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
13143
msgstr ""
13144
13145
#: C/backup-restore.page:26(p)
13146
msgid ""
13147
"If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to "
13148
"perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data "
13149
"from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
13150
msgstr ""
13151
13152
#: C/backup-how.page:7(desc)
13153
msgid ""
13154
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
13155
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
13156
msgstr ""
13157
13158
#: C/backup-how.page:20(title)
13159
msgid "How to back up"
13160
msgstr ""
13161
13162
#: C/backup-how.page:22(p)
13163
msgid ""
13164
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
13165
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
13166
"applications are available, for example <link href=\"apt:deja-dup\">Déjà "
13167
"Dup</link>."
13168
msgstr ""
13169
13170
#: C/backup-how.page:24(p)
13171
msgid ""
13172
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
13173
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if "
13174
"something goes wrong."
13175
msgstr ""
13176
13177
#: C/backup-how.page:26(p)
13178
msgid ""
13179
"An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your "
13180
"files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another "
13181
"computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-"
13182
"thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home "
13183
"folder, so you can copy them from there."
13184
msgstr ""
13185
13186
#: C/backup-how.page:28(p)
13187
msgid ""
13188
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
13189
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
13190
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
13191
msgstr ""
13192
13193
#: C/backup-how.page:31(p)
13194
msgid ""
13195
"Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since "
13196
"it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."
13197
msgstr ""
13198
13199
#: C/backup-how.page:32(p)
13200
msgid ""
13201
"Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be "
13202
"generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make "
13203
"utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."
13204
msgstr ""
13205
13206
#: C/backup-how.page:33(p)
13207
msgid ""
13208
"Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> "
13209
"(the Trash folder)."
13210
msgstr ""
13211
13212
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(desc)
13213
msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
13214
msgstr ""
13215
13216
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(title)
13217
msgid "Frequency of backups"
13218
msgstr ""
13219
13220
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(p)
13221
msgid ""
13222
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
13223
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
13224
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
13225
msgstr ""
13226
13227
#: C/backup-frequency.page:26(p)
13228
msgid ""
13229
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
13230
"you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"
13231
msgstr ""
13232
13233
#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(p)
13234
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
13235
msgstr ""
13236
13237
#: C/backup-frequency.page:32(p)
13238
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
13239
msgstr ""
13240
13241
#: C/backup-frequency.page:35(p)
13242
msgid ""
13243
"If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even "
13244
"monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a "
13245
"tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
13246
msgstr ""
13247
13248
#: C/backup-frequency.page:39(p)
13249
msgid ""
13250
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
13251
"than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
13252
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
13253
"you should back up at least once per week."
13254
msgstr ""
13255
13256
#: C/backup-check.page:7(desc)
13257
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
13258
msgstr ""
13259
13260
#: C/backup-check.page:18(title)
13261
msgid "Check your backup"
13262
msgstr ""
13263
13264
#: C/backup-check.page:19(p)
13265
msgid ""
13266
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
13267
"was successful."
13268
msgstr ""
13269
13270
#: C/backup-check.page:22(p)
13271
msgid ""
13272
"A file integrity check is not done on a copy/move operation. This means if "
13273
"you are copying files to other drives/media, it is not easy to verify data "
13274
"integrity or to single out files that have failed."
13275
msgstr ""
13276
13277
#: C/backup-check.page:25(p)
13278
msgid ""
13279
"You can do a check by looking through the copied files and directories in "
13280
"the destination media. By opening and checking the copied files, you can see "
13281
"whether the files you check copied successfully."
13282
msgstr ""
13283
13284
#: C/backup-check.page:29(p)
13285
msgid ""
13286
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
13287
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
13288
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
13289
"copying and pasting data."
13290
msgstr ""
13291
13292
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(desc)
13293
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
13294
msgstr ""
13295
13296
#: C/app-cheese.page:17(title)
13297
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
13298
msgstr ""
13299
13300
#: C/app-cheese.page:19(p)
13301
msgid ""
13302
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
13303
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
13304
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
13305
"you want."
13306
msgstr ""
13307
13308
#: C/app-cheese.page:23(p)
13309
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
13310
msgstr ""
13311
13312
#: C/app-cheese.page:25(p)
13313
msgid ""
13314
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
13315
"Center</app>."
13316
msgstr ""
13317
13318
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(p)
13319
msgid ""
13320
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
13321
"install it."
13322
msgstr ""
13323
13324
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(p)
13325
msgid ""
13326
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
13327
"Center window."
13328
msgstr ""
13329
13330
#: C/app-cheese.page:30(p)
13331
msgid ""
13332
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
13333
"installation."
13334
msgstr ""
13335
13336
#: C/app-cheese.page:32(p)
13337
msgid ""
13338
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"ghelp:cheese\">Cheese user "
13339
"guide</link>."
13340
msgstr ""
13341
13342
#: C/app-cheese.page:34(p)
13343
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
13344
msgstr ""
13345
13346
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(desc)
13347
msgid ""
13348
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
13349
"installation and upgrades."
13350
msgstr ""
13351
13352
#: C/addremove-sources.page:16(title)
13353
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
13354
msgstr ""
13355
13356
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(p)
13357
msgid ""
13358
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
13359
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
13360
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
13361
"repositories."
13362
msgstr ""
13363
13364
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(p) C/addremove-ppa.page:18(p)
13365
msgid ""
13366
"Only add software repositories from sources that you trust. Third-party "
13367
"software repositories are not checked for security by Ubuntu members, and "
13368
"may contain software which is harmful to your computer."
13369
msgstr ""
13370
13371
#: C/addremove-sources.page:21(title)
13372
msgid "Install other repositories"
13373
msgstr ""
13374
13375
#: C/addremove-sources.page:22(p)
13376
msgid ""
13377
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
13378
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
13379
msgstr ""
13380
13381
#: C/addremove-sources.page:24(p) C/addremove-ppa.page:25(p)
13382
msgid ""
13383
"When the Software Center launches, click "
13384
"<guiseq><gui>Edit></gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
13385
msgstr ""
13386
13387
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(p) C/addremove-ppa.page:26(p)
13388
msgid ""
13389
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
13390
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
13391
msgstr ""
13392
13393
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(p)
13394
msgid ""
13395
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
13396
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
13397
msgstr ""
13398
13399
#: C/addremove-sources.page:27(code)
13400
#, no-wrap
13401
msgid "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick main"
13402
msgstr ""
13403
13404
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(p) C/addremove-ppa.page:28(p)
13405
msgid ""
13406
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
13407
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
13408
msgstr ""
13409
13410
#: C/addremove-sources.page:32(title)
13411
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
13412
msgstr ""
13413
13414
#: C/addremove-sources.page:33(p)
13415
msgid ""
13416
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
13417
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
13418
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
13419
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
13420
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
13421
"enabled."
13422
msgstr ""
13423
13424
#: C/addremove-sources.page:34(p)
13425
msgid ""
13426
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
13427
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
13428
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
13429
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
13430
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
13431
msgstr ""
13432
13433
#: C/addremove-sources.page:38(code)
13434
#, no-wrap
13435
msgid "deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu natty partner"
13436
msgstr ""
13437
13438
#: C/addremove-sources.page:39(p)
13439
msgid ""
13440
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
13441
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
13442
msgstr ""
13443
13444
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(desc)
13445
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
13446
msgstr ""
13447
13448
#: C/addremove-remove.page:16(title)
13449
msgid "Remove an application"
13450
msgstr ""
13451
13452
#: C/addremove-remove.page:18(p)
13453
msgid ""
13454
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
13455
"you no longer use."
13456
msgstr ""
13457
13458
#: C/addremove-remove.page:22(p)
13459
msgid ""
13460
"Click on the <app>Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>Launcher</gui>, or "
13461
"open the <gui>Dash</gui>, and search for <app>Software Center</app>."
13462
msgstr ""
13463
13464
#: C/addremove-remove.page:26(p)
13465
msgid ""
13466
"When the <app>Software Center</app> opens, click on <gui>Installed "
13467
"Software</gui>."
13468
msgstr ""
13469
13470
#: C/addremove-remove.page:29(p)
13471
msgid ""
13472
"In the <em>Installed Software</em> section, find the application that you "
13473
"want to remove by finding it in the list or by searching for it."
13474
msgstr ""
13475
13476
#: C/addremove-remove.page:33(p)
13477
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
13478
msgstr ""
13479
13480
#: C/addremove-remove.page:36(p)
13481
msgid ""
13482
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
13483
"application will be removed. This should not take very long."
13484
msgstr ""
13485
13486
#: C/addremove-remove.page:40(p)
13487
msgid ""
13488
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
13489
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
13490
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
13491
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
13492
msgstr ""
13493
13494
#: C/addremove-remove.page:47(p) C/addremove-install.page:34(p)
13495
msgid ""
13496
"For more information about using the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, "
13497
"consult the <link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center "
13498
"Manual</link>."
13499
msgstr ""
13500
13501
#: C/addremove-remove.page:49(p)
13502
msgid ""
13503
"If the application that you want to remove is not available in the "
13504
"<app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, use <link xref=\"addremove-install-"
13505
"synaptic\">Synaptic </link> to remove it instead."
13506
msgstr ""
13507
13508
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:13(desc)
13509
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
13510
msgstr ""
13511
13512
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:16(title)
13513
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
13514
msgstr ""
13515
13516
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:17(p)
13517
msgid ""
13518
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
13519
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
13520
"repositories."
13521
msgstr ""
13522
13523
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:21(title)
13524
msgid "Install a PPA"
13525
msgstr ""
13526
13527
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(p)
13528
msgid ""
13529
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading that reads <gui>Adding this "
13530
"PPA to your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should "
13531
"look similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable</code>."
13532
msgstr ""
13533
13534
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(p) C/addremove-install.page:24(p)
13535
msgid ""
13536
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
13537
"search for Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
13538
msgstr ""
13539
13540
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(p)
13541
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
13542
msgstr ""
13543
13544
#: C/addremove-install.page:13(desc)
13545
msgid ""
13546
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
13547
msgstr ""
13548
13549
#: C/addremove-install.page:16(title)
13550
msgid "Install additional software"
13551
msgstr ""
13552
13553
#: C/addremove-install.page:17(p)
13554
msgid ""
13555
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
13556
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
13557
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
13558
msgstr ""
13559
13560
#: C/addremove-install.page:20(p)
13561
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
13562
msgstr ""
13563
13564
#: C/addremove-install.page:22(p)
13565
msgid ""
13566
"Unless you are installing software from a local source, make sure that you "
13567
"have a working Internet connection."
13568
msgstr ""
13569
13570
#: C/addremove-install.page:26(p)
13571
msgid ""
13572
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
13573
"category and find an application from the list."
13574
msgstr ""
13575
13576
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(p)
13577
msgid ""
13578
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
13579
"<gui>Install</gui>."
13580
msgstr ""
13581
13582
#: C/addremove-install.page:28(p)
13583
msgid ""
13584
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
13585
"installation will begin."
13586
msgstr ""
13587
13588
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(p)
13589
msgid ""
13590
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
13591
"have a slow Internet connection. When it has finished, your new application "
13592
"will be ready to use; most applications can be accessed from the "
13593
"Applications menu."
13594
msgstr ""
13595
13596
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(desc)
13597
msgid ""
13598
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
13599
"Ubuntu Software Center."
13600
msgstr ""
13601
13602
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(title)
13603
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
13604
msgstr ""
13605
13606
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(p)
13607
msgid ""
13608
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
13609
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> cannot. "
13610
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and does not support newer Software "
13611
"Center features like ratings and reviews and thus is not recommended for use "
13612
"by those new to Ubuntu."
13613
msgstr ""
13614
13615
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:27(p)
13616
msgid "Open the <em>Dash</em> by pressing the <key>meta</key> key."
13617
msgstr ""
13618
13619
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:30(p)
13620
msgid ""
13621
"Search for <app>Synaptic</app> from the <gui>search bar</gui> at the top of "
13622
"the <em>Dash</em>."
13623
msgstr ""
13624
13625
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:33(p)
13626
msgid ""
13627
"When the <app>Synaptic</app> application appears in the list, click on it to "
13628
"open it. This will launch the application. If prompted to do so, enter your "
13629
"password."
13630
msgstr ""
13631
13632
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:37(p)
13633
msgid ""
13634
"When <app>Synaptic</app> opens, click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an "
13635
"application, or click <gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to "
13636
"find one."
13637
msgstr ""
13638
13639
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:42(p)
13640
msgid ""
13641
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
13642
"for Installation</gui>."
13643
msgstr ""
13644
13645
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:46(p)
13646
msgid ""
13647
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
13648
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
13649
msgstr ""
13650
13651
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:50(p)
13652
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
13653
msgstr ""
13654
13655
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:54(p)
13656
msgid ""
13657
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
13658
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
13659
msgstr ""
13660
13661
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:60(p)
13662
msgid ""
13663
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
13664
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
13665
msgstr ""
13666
13667
#: C/addremove.page:15(name)
13668
msgid "Matthew East"
13669
msgstr ""
13670
13671
#: C/addremove.page:16(email)
13672
msgid "mdke@ubuntu.com"
13673
msgstr ""
13674
13675
#: C/addremove.page:19(desc)
13676
msgid ""
13677
"<link xref=\"addremove-install\">Install</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-"
13678
"remove\">remove</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-sources\">software "
13679
"repositories</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-ppa\">Personal Package "
13680
"Archives</link>..."
13681
msgstr ""
13682
13683
#: C/addremove.page:29(title)
13684
msgid "Add & remove software"
13685
msgstr ""
13686
13687
#: C/about-this-guide.page:9(desc)
13688
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
13689
msgstr ""
13690
13691
#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(title)
13692
msgid "About this guide"
13693
msgstr ""
13694
13695
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(p)
13696
msgid ""
13697
"This guide is designed to describe the features of your desktop, answer your "
13698
"computing-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more "
13699
"effectively."
13700
msgstr ""
13701
13702
#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(p)
13703
msgid ""
13704
"There are several features of the guide that we think make it easy to use."
13705
msgstr ""
13706
13707
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(p)
13708
msgid ""
13709
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
13710
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
13711
"answer to your questions."
13712
msgstr ""
13713
13714
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(p)
13715
msgid ""
13716
"Related-items are linked together. \"See-also\" links at the bottom of some "
13717
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easier to find "
13718
"similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
13719
msgstr ""
13720
13721
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(p)
13722
msgid ""
13723
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
13724
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
13725
"you start typing."
13726
msgstr ""
13727
13728
#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(p)
13729
msgid ""
13730
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
13731
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
13732
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
13733
"more helpful, though."
13734
msgstr ""
13735
13736
#: C/about-this-guide.page:35(p)
13737
msgid ""
13738
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>. We "
13739
"sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
13740
msgstr ""
13741
13742
#: C/about-this-guide.page:37(p)
13743
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
13744
msgstr ""
13745
13746
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(desc)
13747
msgid ""
13748
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
13749
"played."
13750
msgstr ""
13751
13752
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(title)
13753
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
13754
msgstr ""
13755
13756
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:21(p)
13757
msgid ""
13758
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
13759
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
13760
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
13761
"alert sound is played."
13762
msgstr ""
13763
13764
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(p)
13765
msgid ""
13766
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
13767
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
13768
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
13769
msgstr ""
13770
13771
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38(p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36(p) C/a11y-right-click.page:28(p) C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:25(p) C/a11y-icon.page:30(p) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(p) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(p)
13772
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Assistive Technologies</gui>."
13773
msgstr ""
13774
13775
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(p) C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(p) C/a11y-icon.page:31(p) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:29(p) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(p)
13776
msgid "Select <gui>Keyboard Accessibility</gui>."
13777
msgstr ""
13778
13779
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(p) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(p)
13780
msgid ""
13781
"Click <gui>Audio Feedback</gui> and select <gui>Show visual feedback for the "
13782
"alert sound</gui>."
13783
msgstr ""
13784
13785
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:36(p) C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32(p)
13786
msgid ""
13787
"Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to "
13788
"flash."
13789
msgstr ""
13790
13791
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20(desc)
13792
msgid ""
13793
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
13794
"all of the keys at once."
13795
msgstr ""
13796
13797
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23(title)
13798
msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"
13799
msgstr ""
13800
13801
#. COMMENT
13802
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
13803
#. <p>Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from
13804
#. the keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think
13805
#. 5x Shift turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2</p>
13806
#. END COMMENT
13807
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32(p)
13808
msgid ""
13809
"<em>Sticky Keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
13810
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
13811
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
13812
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
13813
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
13814
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
13815
msgstr ""
13816
13817
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:34(p)
13818
msgid ""
13819
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
13820
"several keys at once."
13821
msgstr ""
13822
13823
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(p) C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(p) C/a11y-icon.page:32(p) C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(p)
13824
msgid ""
13825
"Select <gui>Accessibility features can be toggled with keyboard "
13826
"shortcuts</gui>."
13827
msgstr ""
13828
13829
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(p)
13830
msgid "Select <gui>Simulate simultaneous keypresses</gui>."
13831
msgstr ""
13832
13833
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:48(p)
13834
msgid ""
13835
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
13836
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
13837
msgstr ""
13838
13839
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(p)
13840
msgid ""
13841
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
13842
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
13843
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
13844
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
13845
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
13846
"together), but not others."
13847
msgstr ""
13848
13849
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(p)
13850
msgid ""
13851
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
13852
msgstr ""
13853
13854
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:52(p)
13855
msgid ""
13856
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
13857
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
13858
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
13859
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Click <gui>Audio "
13860
"Feedback</gui> and select <gui>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to "
13861
"enable this."
13862
msgstr ""
13863
13864
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20(desc)
13865
msgid ""
13866
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
13867
"screen."
13868
msgstr ""
13869
13870
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23(title)
13871
msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"
13872
msgstr ""
13873
13874
#. COMMENT
13875
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
13876
#. <p>Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from
13877
#. the keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think
13878
#. 5x Shift turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2</p>
13879
#. END COMMENT
13880
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:32(p)
13881
msgid ""
13882
"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
13883
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
13884
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
13885
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
13886
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
13887
"the keyboard the first time."
13888
msgstr ""
13889
13890
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(p)
13891
msgid "Select <gui>Only accept long keypresses</gui>."
13892
msgstr ""
13893
13894
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45(p)
13895
msgid ""
13896
"Use the <gui>delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key "
13897
"down for it to register."
13898
msgstr ""
13899
13900
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:48(p)
13901
msgid ""
13902
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
13903
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
13904
"the key down long enough. Click <gui>Audio Feedback</gui> to enable this."
13905
msgstr ""
13906
13907
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:14(desc)
13908
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
13909
msgstr ""
13910
13911
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17(title)
13912
msgid "Read screen aloud"
13913
msgstr ""
13914
13915
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(p)
13916
msgid ""
13917
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
13918
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
13919
"information."
13920
msgstr ""
13921
13922
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19(desc)
13923
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
13924
msgstr ""
13925
13926
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22(title)
13927
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
13928
msgstr ""
13929
13930
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(p)
13931
msgid ""
13932
"You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can "
13933
"just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This "
13934
"is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one "
13935
"hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."
13936
msgstr ""
13937
13938
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29(p) C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(p)
13939
msgid "Select <gui>Mouse Accessibility</gui>."
13940
msgstr ""
13941
13942
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(p)
13943
msgid ""
13944
"Select <gui>Trigger secondary click by holding down the primary button</gui>."
13945
msgstr ""
13946
13947
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33(p)
13948
msgid ""
13949
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
13950
"it is registered as a right click. Change the <gui>delay</gui> under "
13951
"<gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
13952
msgstr ""
13953
13954
#: C/a11y.page:14(desc)
13955
msgid ""
13956
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
13957
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
13958
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
13959
"braille\">braille</link>..."
13960
msgstr ""
13961
13962
#: C/a11y.page:23(title)
13963
msgid "Universal access"
13964
msgstr ""
13965
13966
#: C/a11y.page:25(p)
13967
msgid ""
13968
"The Ubuntu desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
13969
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
13970
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Assistive "
13971
"Technologies</gui> menu in the <gui>System Settings</gui> applet."
13972
msgstr ""
13973
13974
#: C/a11y.page:31(title)
13975
msgid "Visual impairments"
13976
msgstr ""
13977
13978
#: C/a11y.page:34(title)
13979
msgid "Blindness"
13980
msgstr ""
13981
13982
#: C/a11y.page:37(title)
13983
msgid "Low vision"
13984
msgstr ""
13985
13986
#: C/a11y.page:40(title)
13987
msgid "Color-blindness"
13988
msgstr ""
13989
13990
#: C/a11y.page:43(title) C/a11y.page:65(title)
13991
msgid "Other topics"
13992
msgstr ""
13993
13994
#: C/a11y.page:48(title)
13995
msgid "Hearing impairments"
13996
msgstr ""
13997
13998
#: C/a11y.page:53(title)
13999
msgid "Mobility impairments"
14000
msgstr ""
14001
14002
#: C/a11y.page:56(title)
14003
msgid "Mouse movement"
14004
msgstr ""
14005
14006
#: C/a11y.page:59(title)
14007
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
14008
msgstr ""
14009
14010
#: C/a11y.page:62(title)
14011
msgid "Keyboard use"
14012
msgstr ""
14013
14014
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:15(desc)
14015
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
14016
msgstr ""
14017
14018
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:18(title)
14019
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
14020
msgstr ""
14021
14022
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:21(p)
14023
msgid ""
14024
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
14025
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
14026
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
14027
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
14028
msgstr ""
14029
14030
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(p)
14031
msgid ""
14032
"Switch to the <gui>General</gui> tab and select <gui>Show position of "
14033
"pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
14034
msgstr ""
14035
14036
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:30(p)
14037
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
14038
msgstr ""
14039
14040
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(desc)
14041
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
14042
msgstr ""
14043
14044
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:17(title)
14045
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
14046
msgstr ""
14047
14048
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19(p)
14049
msgid ""
14050
"You can quickly increase the system text size to make words easier to read "
14051
"by clicking on the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access menu</link> in "
14052
"the top panel. Check <gui>Make text larger</gui>."
14053
msgstr ""
14054
14055
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(p)
14056
msgid ""
14057
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
14058
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
14059
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
14060
msgstr ""
14061
14062
#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
14063
#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
14064
#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(None)
14065
msgid ""
14066
"@@image: '/usr/share/icons/gnome/22x22/apps/preferences-desktop-"
14067
"accessibility.png'; md5=633f61ae9f7f16b1fe2a09947d930427"
14068
msgstr ""
14069
14070
#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(desc)
14071
msgid ""
14072
"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a man."
14073
msgstr ""
14074
14075
#: C/a11y-icon.page:18(title)
14076
msgid "Show the universal access menu"
14077
msgstr ""
14078
14079
#: C/a11y-icon.page:20(p)
14080
msgid ""
14081
"The <em>universal access menu</em> allows quick access to turn on or off "
14082
"various accessibility settings."
14083
msgstr ""
14084
14085
#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(desc)
14086
msgid "The universal access menu can be added to the top panel."
14087
msgstr ""
14088
14089
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(desc)
14090
msgid ""
14091
"The Dwell Click (Hover Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
14092
"mouse still."
14093
msgstr ""
14094
14095
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:22(title)
14096
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
14097
msgstr ""
14098
14099
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24(p)
14100
msgid ""
14101
"You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer "
14102
"over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
14103
"mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is "
14104
"turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse "
14105
"and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
14106
msgstr ""
14107
14108
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(p)
14109
msgid ""
14110
"To turn on hover click, click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System "
14111
"Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to the "
14112
"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to "
14113
"<gui>ON</gui>."
14114
msgstr ""
14115
14116
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:39(p)
14117
msgid ""
14118
"The <gui>Dwell Click-Type</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of "
14119
"your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should "
14120
"happen when you hover over a button. For example, if you select "
14121
"<gui>Secondary Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a "
14122
"button for a few seconds."
14123
msgstr ""
14124
14125
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(p)
14126
msgid ""
14127
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
14128
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
14129
"clicked."
14130
msgstr ""
14131
14132
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(p)
14133
msgid ""
14134
"Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
14135
"not just on buttons."
14136
msgstr ""
14137
14138
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(title)
14139
msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
14140
msgstr ""
14141
14142
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47(p)
14143
msgid ""
14144
"You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
14145
"pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the "
14146
"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
14147
"<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
14148
msgstr ""
14149
14150
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51(title)
14151
msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
14152
msgstr ""
14153
14154
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(p)
14155
msgid ""
14156
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button "
14157
"to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still "
14158
"click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not "
14159
"happen."
14160
msgstr ""
14161
14162
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53(p)
14163
msgid ""
14164
"You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
14165
"considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and "
14166
"Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in "
14167
"the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the "
14168
"pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
14169
msgstr ""
14170
14171
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(desc)
14172
msgid ""
14173
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more vivid, so they're easier to see."
14174
msgstr ""
14175
14176
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18(title)
14177
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
14178
msgstr ""
14179
14180
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:20(p)
14181
msgid ""
14182
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
14183
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
14184
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
14185
"interface</em> will change."
14186
msgstr ""
14187
14188
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23(p)
14189
msgid ""
14190
"Click the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access menu</link> in the top "
14191
"panel."
14192
msgstr ""
14193
14194
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(p)
14195
msgid "Click <gui>Enhance contrast in colors</gui>."
14196
msgstr ""
14197
14198
#: C/a11y-braille.page:15(desc)
14199
msgid ""
14200
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
14201
msgstr ""
14202
14203
#: C/a11y-braille.page:18(title)
14204
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
14205
msgstr ""
14206
14207
#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(p)
14208
msgid ""
14209
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
14210
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
14211
"href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
14212
msgstr ""
14213
14214
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20(desc)
14215
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
14216
msgstr ""
14217
14218
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23(title)
14219
msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"
14220
msgstr ""
14221
14222
#. COMMENT
14223
#. <cite date="2011-04-04">shaunm</cite>
14224
#. <p>Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from
14225
#. the keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think
14226
#. 5x Shift turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2</p>
14227
#. END COMMENT
14228
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32(p)
14229
msgid ""
14230
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. "
14231
"For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
14232
"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
14233
"bounce keys."
14234
msgstr ""
14235
14236
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(p)
14237
msgid "Select <gui>Ignore fast duplicate keypresses</gui>."
14238
msgstr ""
14239
14240
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:45(p)
14241
msgid ""
14242
"Use the <gui> delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before "
14243
"it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. "
14244
"Click <gui>Audio Feedback</gui> and select <gui>Beep when a key is "
14245
"rejected</gui> if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores "
14246
"a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press."
14247
msgstr ""
14248
14249
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
14250
#: C/legal.xml:0(None)
14251
msgid "translator-credits"
14252
msgstr ""
14253
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
14254
" mabynke https://launchpad.net/~mabynke"
14255
14256
#~ msgctxt "_"
14257
#~ msgid "translator-credits"
14258
#~ msgstr ""
14259
#~ "Launchpad Contributions:\n"
14260
#~ " mabynke https://launchpad.net/~mabynke"
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1